]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texi
Automatic date update in version.in
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texi
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
b3adc24a 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132 34@ifset AOUT
a8eb42a8 35@set aout
252b5132
RH
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
43@ifset BPF
44@set BPF
45@end ifset
252b5132
RH
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
b3adc24a 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
b3adc24a 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2 233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
66f8b2cb 234 [@b{--gdwarf-cie-version}=@var{VERSION}]
b40bf0a2 235 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
236 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 238 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 239 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
240 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
241 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
242 [@b{--statistics}]
243 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
244 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
245 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 246 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 247 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
0df8ad28 248 [@b{--generate-missing-build-notes=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
249 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
250 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 251@c
6387924a 252@c man end
a4fb0134 253@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 254@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 255@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
256@ifset AARCH64
257
258@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
259 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 260 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 261@end ifset
625e1353
RH
262@ifset ALPHA
263
264@emph{Target Alpha options:}
265 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
266 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 267 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
268 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
269 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
270@end ifset
252b5132 271@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
272
273@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
274 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
275 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
276 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 277 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
279@end ifset
280@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
281
282@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 283@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
284 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
285 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
286 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
287 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 288 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 289 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
290 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
291 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
292 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 293 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 294@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
295@ifset Blackfin
296
297@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
298 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
299 [@b{-mfdpic}]
300 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
301 [@b{-mnopic}]
302@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
303@ifset BPF
304
305@emph{Target BPF options:}
306 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}]
307@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
308@ifset CRIS
309
310@emph{Target CRIS options:}
311 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
312 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
313 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 314 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
315@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
316@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
317@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
318@ifset CSKY
319
320@emph{Target C-SKY options:}
321 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
322 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-mlittle-endian}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-mbig-endian}]
323 [@b{-fpic}] [@b{-pic}]
324 [@b{-mljump}] [@b{-mno-ljump}]
325 [@b{-force2bsr}] [@b{-mforce2bsr}] [@b{-no-force2bsr}] [@b{-mno-force2bsr}]
326 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-mjsri2bsr}] [@b{-no-jsri2bsr }] [@b{-mno-jsri2bsr}]
327 [@b{-mnolrw }] [@b{-mno-lrw}]
328 [@b{-melrw}] [@b{-mno-elrw}]
329 [@b{-mlaf }] [@b{-mliterals-after-func}]
330 [@b{-mno-laf}] [@b{-mno-literals-after-func}]
331 [@b{-mlabr}] [@b{-mliterals-after-br}]
332 [@b{-mno-labr}] [@b{-mnoliterals-after-br}]
333 [@b{-mistack}] [@b{-mno-istack}]
334 [@b{-mhard-float}] [@b{-mmp}] [@b{-mcp}] [@b{-mcache}]
335 [@b{-msecurity}] [@b{-mtrust}]
336 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-medsp}] [@b{-mvdsp}]
337@end ifset
252b5132 338@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
339
340@emph{Target D10V options:}
341 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
342@end ifset
343@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
344
345@emph{Target D30V options:}
346 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 347@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
348@ifset EPIPHANY
349
350@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
351 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
352@end ifset
252b5132 353@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
354
355@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
356 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
357@end ifset
358@ifset HPPA
359@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
360@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
361@ifset I80386
362
363@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 364 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 365 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132 366@end ifset
587fe2b3 367@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 368
9e32ca89
NC
369@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
370 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
371 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
372 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 373 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 374 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 375 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
376 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
377@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
378@ifset IP2K
379
380@emph{Target IP2K options:}
381 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
382@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
383@ifset M32C
384
385@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 386 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 387@end ifset
587fe2b3 388@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 389
a4fb0134
SC
390@emph{Target M32R options:}
391 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 392 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 393@end ifset
252b5132 394@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
395
396@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
397 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 398@end ifset
60bcf0fa 399@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
400
401@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 402 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
403 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
404 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 405 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
406 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
407 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
408@end ifset
409@ifset MCORE
410
411@emph{Target MCORE options:}
412 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
413 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 414@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
415@ifset METAG
416
417@emph{Target Meta options:}
418 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
419@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
420@ifset MICROBLAZE
421@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
422@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
423@end ifset
252b5132 424@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
425
426@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 427 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 428 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 429 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 430 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
431 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
432 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 433 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 434 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
435 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
436 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 437 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 438 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 439 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 440 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 441 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
25499ac7 442 [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}]
df58fc94 443 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 444 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 445 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 446 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 447 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 448 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 449 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 450 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 451 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 452 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 453 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
730c3174 454 [@b{-mcrc}] [@b{-mno-crc}]
6f20c942 455 [@b{-mginv}] [@b{-mno-ginv}]
8095d2f7 456 [@b{-mloongson-mmi}] [@b{-mno-loongson-mmi}]
716c08de 457 [@b{-mloongson-cam}] [@b{-mno-loongson-cam}]
bdc6c06e 458 [@b{-mloongson-ext}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext}]
a693765e 459 [@b{-mloongson-ext2}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext2}]
833794fc 460 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 461 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 462 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
463 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
464 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
27c634e0 465 [@b{-mfix-r5900}] [@b{-mno-fix-r5900}]
ecb4347a 466 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 467 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
468@end ifset
469@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
470
471@emph{Target MMIX options:}
472 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
473 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
474 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 475 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 476@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
477@ifset NIOSII
478
479@emph{Target Nios II options:}
480 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
481 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
482@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
483@ifset NDS32
484
485@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
486 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
487 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
488 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
489 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
490 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
491 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
492 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
493 [@b{-mb2bb}]
494@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
495@ifset OPENRISC
496@c OpenRISC has no machine-dependent assembler options.
497@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
498@ifset PDP11
499
500@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
501 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
502 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 503 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
504@end ifset
505@ifset PJ
506
507@emph{Target picoJava options:}
508 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
509@end ifset
510@ifset PPC
511
512@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
513 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
514 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
fa758a70
AC
515 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mgekko}|
516 @b{-mbroadway}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|
517 @b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|
518 @b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|@b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
74081948 519 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mspe2}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 520 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 521 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
522 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
523 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 524 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 525 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 526@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
527@ifset PRU
528
529@emph{Target PRU options:}
530 [@b{-link-relax}]
531 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
532 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
533@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
534@ifset RISCV
535
536@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
537 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
538 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
539 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
540@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
541@ifset RL78
542
543@emph{Target RL78 options:}
544 [@b{-mg10}]
545 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
546@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
547@ifset RX
548
549@emph{Target RX options:}
550 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 551 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
552 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
553 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
554 [@b{-mpid}]
555 [@b{-mrelax}]
556 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
557 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 558@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
559@ifset S390
560
561@emph{Target s390 options:}
562 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
563 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
564 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
565@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
566@ifset SCORE
567
568@emph{Target SCORE options:}
569 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
570 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
571 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
572 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
573@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
574@ifset SPARC
575
576@emph{Target SPARC options:}
577@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
578 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
579 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
580 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
581 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
582 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
583 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
584 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
585 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
586 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
587 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
588 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
589 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
590 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 591 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 592 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
593@end ifset
594@ifset TIC54X
595
596@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 597 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
598 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
599@end ifset
40b36596
JM
600@ifset TIC6X
601
602@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
603 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
604 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
605 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 606@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
607@ifset TILEGX
608
609@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 610 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
611@end ifset
612@ifset TILEPRO
613@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
614@end ifset
b6605ddd 615@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 616
b6605ddd
EB
617@emph{Target Visium options:}
618 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
619@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
620@ifset XTENSA
621
622@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
623 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
624 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
625 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
626 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
627 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 628 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 629@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
630@ifset Z80
631
632@emph{Target Z80 options:}
6655dba2 633 [@b{-z80}]|[@b{-z180}]|[@b{-r800}]|[@b{-ez80}]|[@b{-ez80-adl}]
7a6bf3be
SB
634 [@b{-local-prefix=}@var{PREFIX}]
635 [@b{-colonless}]
636 [@b{-sdcc}]
637 [@b{-fp-s=}@var{FORMAT}]
638 [@b{-fp-d=}@var{FORMAT}]
6655dba2
SB
639 [@b{-strict}]|[@b{-full}]
640 [@b{-with-inst=@var{INST}[,...]}] [@b{-Wnins @var{INST}[,...]}]
641 [@b{-without-inst=@var{INST}[,...]}] [@b{-Fins @var{INST}[,...]}]
3c9b82ba
NC
642 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
643 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
644 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
645 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
646 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
647 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
648@end ifset
a4fb0134 649@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 650
a4fb0134 651@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 652@end ifset
e0001a05 653
0285c67d 654@c man end
252b5132
RH
655@end smallexample
656
0285c67d
NC
657@c man begin OPTIONS
658
a4fb0134 659@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 660@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 661
83f10cb2 662@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
663Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
664
a4fb0134 665@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
666@item -ac
667omit false conditionals
668
669@item -ad
670omit debugging directives
671
83f10cb2
NC
672@item -ag
673include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
674
252b5132
RH
675@item -ah
676include high-level source
677
678@item -al
679include assembly
680
681@item -am
682include macro expansions
683
684@item -an
685omit forms processing
686
687@item -as
688include symbols
689
690@item =file
691set the name of the listing file
692@end table
693
694You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
695listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
696the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
697
caa32fe5 698@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
699Begin in alternate macro mode.
700@ifclear man
701@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
702@end ifclear
caa32fe5 703
955974c6 704@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
705Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
706ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
707linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
708given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 709
151411f8
L
710@ifset ELF
711@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
712@item --compress-debug-sections=none
713@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
714@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
715@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
716These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
717@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
718@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
719@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 720@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 721@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
722@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
723sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
724@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
725@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
726
151411f8
L
727@end ifset
728
955974c6 729@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
730Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
731targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
732override this.
955974c6 733
252b5132
RH
734@item -D
735Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
736other assemblers.
737
3d6b762c
JM
738@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
739When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
740information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
741
252b5132
RH
742@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
743Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
744@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
745indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
746value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
747use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
748
749@item -f
750``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
751compiler output).
752
329e276d
NC
753@item -g
754@itemx --gen-debug
755Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
756debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
757ECOFF or DWARF2.
758
252b5132
RH
759@item --gstabs
760Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
761may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
762
05da4302
NC
763@item --gstabs+
764Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
765extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
766debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
767may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
768the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
769
329e276d 770@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 771Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 772may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 773option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 774
b40bf0a2
NC
775@item --gdwarf-sections
776Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
777.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
778corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
779will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
780@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
781then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
782suffix.
783
66f8b2cb
AB
784@item --gdwarf-cie-version=@var{version}
785Control which version of DWARF Common Information Entries (CIEs) are produced.
786When this flag is not specificed the default is version 1, though some targets
787can modify this default. Other possible values for @var{version} are 3 or 4.
788
b8871f35 789@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
790@item --size-check=error
791@itemx --size-check=warning
792Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
793
b8871f35
L
794@item --elf-stt-common=no
795@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
796These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
797symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
798by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
0df8ad28
NC
799
800@item --generate-missing-build-notes=yes
801@itemx --generate-missing-build-notes=no
802These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate GNU Build
803attribute notes if none are present in the input sources.
804The default can be controlled by the @option{--enable-generate-build-notes}
805configure option.
806
b8871f35
L
807@end ifset
808
252b5132 809@item --help
a05a5b64 810Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.
252b5132 811
ea20a7da
CC
812@item --target-help
813Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
814
252b5132
RH
815@item -I @var{dir}
816Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
817
818@item -J
819Don't warn about signed overflow.
820
821@item -K
822@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
823This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
824@end ifclear
825@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
826Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
827@end ifset
828
829@item -L
830@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
831Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
832system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
833or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
834@ifclear man
835@xref{Symbol Names}.
836@end ifclear
252b5132 837
c3a27914
NC
838@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
839Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
840listing to @var{number}.
841
842@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
843Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
844lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
845
846@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
847Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
848@var{number} bytes.
849
850@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
851Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
852to @var{number} + 1.
853
2edb36e7
NC
854@item --no-pad-sections
855Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
856of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
857which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
858
252b5132 859@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 860Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
861
862@item -R
863Fold the data section into the text section.
864
d60646b9 865@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
866Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
867@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
868assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
869memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
870requirements at the expense of speed.
871
872@item --reduce-memory-overheads
873This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
874assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
875@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
876
451133ce
NP
877@ifset ELF
878@item --sectname-subst
879Honor substitution sequences in section names.
880@ifclear man
881@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
882@end ifclear
883@end ifset
884
252b5132
RH
885@item --statistics
886Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
887assembly.
888
889@item --strip-local-absolute
890Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
891
892@item -v
893@itemx -version
a4fb0134 894Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
895
896@item --version
a4fb0134 897Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
898
899@item -W
2bdd6cf5 900@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
901Suppress warning messages.
902
2bdd6cf5
GK
903@item --fatal-warnings
904Treat warnings as errors.
905
906@item --warn
907Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
908
252b5132
RH
909@item -w
910Ignored.
911
912@item -x
913Ignored.
914
915@item -Z
916Generate an object file even after errors.
917
918@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
919Standard input, or source files to assemble.
920
921@end table
2a633939
JM
922@c man end
923
a06ea964
NC
924@ifset AARCH64
925
926@ifclear man
927@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
928for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
929@end ifclear
930
931@ifset man
932@c man begin OPTIONS
933The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
93464-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
935@c man end
936@c man begin INCLUDE
937@include c-aarch64.texi
938@c ended inside the included file
939@end ifset
940
941@end ifset
942
2a633939
JM
943@ifset ALPHA
944
945@ifclear man
946@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
947for an Alpha processor.
948@end ifclear
949
950@ifset man
951@c man begin OPTIONS
952The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
953processor.
954@c man end
955@c man begin INCLUDE
956@include c-alpha.texi
957@c ended inside the included file
958@end ifset
959
960@end ifset
252b5132 961
2a633939 962@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 963@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
964The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
965processor.
252b5132 966
a4fb0134 967@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 968@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
969This option selects the core processor variant.
970@item -EB | -EL
971Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
972@item -mcode-density
973Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
974@end table
975@end ifset
976
977@ifset ARM
978The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
979processor family.
980
a4fb0134 981@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 982@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 983Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 984@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 985Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 986@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 987Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
988@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
989Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
990@item -mthumb
991Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 992@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
993Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
994@item -EB | -EL
995Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
996@item -mthumb-interwork
997Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
998ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
999@item -mccs
1000Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
1001@item -k
1002Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
1003@end table
1004@end ifset
635fb38d 1005@c man end
252b5132 1006
9982501a 1007@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
1008
1009@ifclear man
1010@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1011configured for the Blackfin processor family.
1012@end ifclear
1013
1014@ifset man
1015@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
1016The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1017the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
1018@c man end
1019@c man begin INCLUDE
1020@include c-bfin.texi
1021@c ended inside the included file
1022@end ifset
9982501a 1023
9982501a
JZ
1024@end ifset
1025
f8861f5d
JM
1026@ifset BPF
1027
1028@ifclear man
1029@xref{BPF Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1030configured for the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1031@end ifclear
1032
1033@ifset man
1034@c man begin OPTIONS
1035The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1036the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1037@c man end
1038@c man begin INCLUDE
1039@include c-bpf.texi
1040@c ended inside the included file
1041@end ifset
1042
1043@end ifset
1044
635fb38d 1045@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
1046@ifset CRIS
1047See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
1048@end ifset
1049
b8891f8d
AJ
1050@ifset CSKY
1051
1052@ifclear man
1053@xref{C-SKY Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1054configured for the C-SKY processor family.
1055@end ifclear
1056
1057@ifset man
1058@c man begin OPTIONS
1059The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1060the C-SKY processor family.
1061@c man end
1062@c man begin INCLUDE
1063@include c-csky.texi
1064@c ended inside the included file
1065@end ifset
1066
1067@end ifset
1068
252b5132
RH
1069@ifset D10V
1070The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1071a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 1072@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1073@cindex D10V optimization
1074@cindex optimization, D10V
1075@item -O
1076Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1077@end table
1078@end ifset
1079
1080@ifset D30V
1081The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
1082processor.
a4fb0134 1083@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1084@cindex D30V optimization
1085@cindex optimization, D30V
1086@item -O
1087Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1088
1089@cindex D30V nops
1090@item -n
1091Warn when nops are generated.
1092
1093@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1094@item -N
1095Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1096@end table
1097@end ifset
731caf76
L
1098@c man end
1099
cfb8c092
NC
1100@ifset EPIPHANY
1101The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1102Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1103
56b13185
JR
1104@ifclear man
1105@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1106configured for an Epiphany processor.
1107@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1108
56b13185
JR
1109@ifset man
1110@c man begin OPTIONS
1111The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1112an Epiphany processor.
1113@c man end
1114@c man begin INCLUDE
1115@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1116@c ended inside the included file
1117@end ifset
1118
1119@end ifset
1120
1121@ifset H8300
1122
1123@ifclear man
1124@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1125for an H8/300 processor.
1126@end ifclear
1127
1128@ifset man
1129@c man begin OPTIONS
1130The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1131processor.
1132@c man end
1133@c man begin INCLUDE
1134@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1135@c ended inside the included file
1136@end ifset
cfb8c092 1137
cfb8c092
NC
1138@end ifset
1139
731caf76 1140@ifset I80386
252b5132 1141
731caf76
L
1142@ifclear man
1143@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1144configured for an i386 processor.
1145@end ifclear
1146
1147@ifset man
1148@c man begin OPTIONS
1149The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1150an i386 processor.
1151@c man end
1152@c man begin INCLUDE
1153@include c-i386.texi
1154@c ended inside the included file
1155@end ifset
1156
1157@end ifset
1158
1159@c man begin OPTIONS
a40cbfa3
NC
1160@ifset IP2K
1161The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1162Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1163
1164@table @gcctabopt
1165
1166@item -mip2022ext
1167Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1168
1169@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1170Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1171just the basic IP2022 ones.
1172
1173@end table
1174@end ifset
1175
49f58d10
JB
1176@ifset M32C
1177The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1178Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1179
1180@table @gcctabopt
1181
1182@item -m32c
1183Assemble M32C instructions.
1184
1185@item -m16c
1186Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1187
c54b5932
DD
1188@item -relax
1189Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1190
1191@item -h-tick-hex
1192Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1193
49f58d10
JB
1194@end table
1195@end ifset
1196
ec694b89
NC
1197@ifset M32R
1198The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1199Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1200
a4fb0134 1201@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1202
1203@item --m32rx
1204Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1205is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1206
1207@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1208Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1209encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1210
1211@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1212Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1213encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1214
1215@end table
1216@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1217
1218@ifset M680X0
1219The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1220Motorola 68000 series.
1221
a4fb0134 1222@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1223
1224@item -l
1225Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1226
0285c67d
NC
1227@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1228@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1229@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1230Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1231is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1232
1233@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1234The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1235The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1236the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1237two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1238coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1239
1240@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1241The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1242unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1243
1244@end table
1245@end ifset
1246
36591ba1
SL
1247@ifset NIOSII
1248
1249@ifclear man
1250@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1251for an Altera Nios II processor.
1252@end ifclear
1253
1254@ifset man
1255@c man begin OPTIONS
1256The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1257Altera Nios II processor.
1258@c man end
1259@c man begin INCLUDE
1260@include c-nios2.texi
1261@c ended inside the included file
1262@end ifset
1263@end ifset
1264
e135f41b
NC
1265@ifset PDP11
1266
1267For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1268see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1269
a4fb0134 1270@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1271@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1272Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1273default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1274
1275@item -mall
1276@itemx -mall-extensions
1277Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1278
1279@item -mno-extensions
1280Disable all instruction set extensions.
1281
1282@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1283Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1284
1285@item -m@var{cpu}
1286Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1287disable all other extensions.
1288
1289@item -m@var{machine}
1290Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1291model, and disable all other extensions.
1292@end table
1293
1294@end ifset
1295
041dd5a9
ILT
1296@ifset PJ
1297The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1298a picoJava processor.
1299
a4fb0134 1300@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1301
1302@cindex PJ endianness
1303@cindex endianness, PJ
1304@cindex big endian output, PJ
1305@item -mb
1306Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1307
1308@cindex little endian output, PJ
1309@item -ml
1310Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1311
1312@end table
1313@end ifset
1314
93f11b16
DD
1315@ifset PRU
1316
1317@ifclear man
1318@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1319for a PRU processor.
1320@end ifclear
1321
1322@ifset man
1323@c man begin OPTIONS
1324The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1325PRU processor.
1326@c man end
1327@c man begin INCLUDE
1328@include c-pru.texi
1329@c ended inside the included file
1330@end ifset
1331@end ifset
1332
60bcf0fa
NC
1333@ifset M68HC11
1334The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1335Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1336
a4fb0134 1337@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1338
6927f982 1339@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1340Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1341defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1342
6927f982
NC
1343@item --xgate-ramoffset
1344Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1345XGATE address space.
1346
2f904664
SC
1347@item -mshort
1348Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1349
1350@item -mlong
01642c12 1351Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1352
1353@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1354Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1355
1356@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1357Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1358
1370e33d 1359@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1360Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1361conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1362sub routine.
1363
1370e33d
NC
1364@item -S | --short-branches
1365Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1366when the offset is out of range.
1367
1368@item --strict-direct-mode
1369Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1370when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1371
1372@item --print-insn-syntax
1373Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1374
1375@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1376Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1377
1378@item --generate-example
6927f982 1379Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1380This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1381
1382@end table
1383@end ifset
1384
252b5132 1385@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1386The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1387for the SPARC architecture:
1388
a4fb0134 1389@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1390@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1391@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1392Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1393
1394@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1395@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1396
1397@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1398UltraSPARC extensions.
1399
1400@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1401For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1402equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1403
1404@item -bump
1405Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1406@end table
1407@end ifset
1408
39bec121
TW
1409@ifset TIC54X
1410The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1411architecture.
39bec121 1412
a4fb0134 1413@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1414@item -mfar-mode
1415Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1416extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1417@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1418Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1419@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1420Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1421behaviour in the shell.
1422@end table
1423@end ifset
1424
252b5132 1425@ifset MIPS
73201331 1426@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1427The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1428a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1429
a4fb0134 1430@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1431@item -G @var{num}
1432This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1433implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1434use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1435
1436@cindex MIPS endianness
1437@cindex endianness, MIPS
1438@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1439@item -EB
1440Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1441
1442@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1443@item -EL
1444Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1445
1446@cindex MIPS ISA
1447@item -mips1
1448@itemx -mips2
1449@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1450@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1451@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1452@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1453@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1454@itemx -mips32r3
1455@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1456@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1457@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1458@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1459@itemx -mips64r3
1460@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1461@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1462Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1463@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1464alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1465@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1466@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1467@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1468@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1469MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1470Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1471MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1472
98508b2a
RS
1473@item -march=@var{cpu}
1474Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1475
1476@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1477Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1478
1479@item -mfix7000
1480@itemx -mno-fix7000
1481Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1482of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1483
a8d14a88
CM
1484@item -mfix-rm7000
1485@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1486Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1487followed by a load instruction.
1488
27c634e0
FN
1489@item -mfix-r5900
1490@itemx -mno-fix-r5900
1491Do not attempt to schedule the preceding instruction into the delay slot
1492of a branch instruction placed at the end of a short loop of six
1493instructions or fewer and always schedule a @code{nop} instruction there
1494instead. The short loop bug under certain conditions causes loops to
1495execute only once or twice, due to a hardware bug in the R5900 chip.
1496
ecb4347a
DJ
1497@item -mdebug
1498@itemx -no-mdebug
1499Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1500section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1501
dcd410fe
RO
1502@item -mpdr
1503@itemx -mno-pdr
1504Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1505
437ee9d5
TS
1506@item -mgp32
1507@itemx -mfp32
1508The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1509flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1510all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1511and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1512
351cdf24
MF
1513@item -mgp64
1514@itemx -mfp64
1515The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1516flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1517all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1518and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1519
1520@item -mfpxx
1521The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1522this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1523which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
152432 or 64 bits wide.
1525
1526@item -modd-spreg
1527@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1528Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1529registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1530@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1531
437ee9d5
TS
1532@item -mips16
1533@itemx -no-mips16
1534Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51 1535@code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
437ee9d5 1536turns off this option.
252b5132 1537
25499ac7
MR
1538@item -mmips16e2
1539@itemx -mno-mips16e2
1540Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent
1541to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file.
1542@samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option.
1543
df58fc94
RS
1544@item -mmicromips
1545@itemx -mno-micromips
1546Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51
MR
1547@code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file.
1548@samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting
1549@code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file.
df58fc94 1550
e16bfa71
TS
1551@item -msmartmips
1552@itemx -mno-smartmips
32035f51
MR
1553Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1554equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly
1555file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
e16bfa71 1556
1f25f5d3
CD
1557@item -mips3d
1558@itemx -no-mips3d
1559Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1560This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1561@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1562
deec1734
CD
1563@item -mdmx
1564@itemx -no-mdmx
1565Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1566This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1567@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1568
2ef2b9ae
CF
1569@item -mdsp
1570@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1571Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1572This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1573@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1574
8b082fb1
TS
1575@item -mdspr2
1576@itemx -mno-dspr2
1577Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1578This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1579This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1580@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1581
8f4f9071
MF
1582@item -mdspr3
1583@itemx -mno-dspr3
1584Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1585This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1586This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1587@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1588
56d438b1
CF
1589@item -mmsa
1590@itemx -mno-msa
1591Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1592This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1593@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1594
7d64c587
AB
1595@item -mxpa
1596@itemx -mno-xpa
1597Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1598This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1599@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1600
ef2e4d86
CF
1601@item -mmt
1602@itemx -mno-mt
1603Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1604This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1605@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1606
dec0624d
MR
1607@item -mmcu
1608@itemx -mno-mcu
1609Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1610This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1611@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1612
730c3174
SE
1613@item -mcrc
1614@itemx -mno-crc
1615Generate code for the MIPS cyclic redundancy check (CRC) Application
1616Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept CRC instructions.
1617@samp{-mno-crc} turns off this option.
1618
6f20c942
FS
1619@item -mginv
1620@itemx -mno-ginv
1621Generate code for the Global INValidate (GINV) Application Specific
1622Extension. This tells the assembler to accept GINV instructions.
1623@samp{-mno-ginv} turns off this option.
1624
8095d2f7
CX
1625@item -mloongson-mmi
1626@itemx -mno-loongson-mmi
1627Generate code for the Loongson MultiMedia extensions Instructions (MMI)
1628Application Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept MMI
1629instructions.
1630@samp{-mno-loongson-mmi} turns off this option.
1631
716c08de
CX
1632@item -mloongson-cam
1633@itemx -mno-loongson-cam
1634Generate code for the Loongson Content Address Memory (CAM) instructions.
1635This tells the assembler to accept Loongson CAM instructions.
1636@samp{-mno-loongson-cam} turns off this option.
1637
bdc6c06e
CX
1638@item -mloongson-ext
1639@itemx -mno-loongson-ext
1640Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions (EXT) instructions.
1641This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT instructions.
1642@samp{-mno-loongson-ext} turns off this option.
1643
a693765e
CX
1644@item -mloongson-ext2
1645@itemx -mno-loongson-ext2
1646Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions R2 (EXT2) instructions.
1647This option implies @samp{-mloongson-ext}.
1648This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT2 instructions.
1649@samp{-mno-loongson-ext2} turns off this option.
1650
833794fc
MR
1651@item -minsn32
1652@itemx -mno-insn32
1653Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1654microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1655instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1656the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1657option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1658start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1659selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1660
437ee9d5
TS
1661@item --construct-floats
1662@itemx --no-construct-floats
1663The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1664double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1665value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1666the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1667selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1668
3bf0dbfb
MR
1669@item --relax-branch
1670@itemx --no-relax-branch
1671The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1672branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1673out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1674
8b10b0b3
MR
1675@item -mignore-branch-isa
1676@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1677Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1678semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1679most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1680same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1681checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1682modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1683default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1684branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1685
ba92f887
MR
1686@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1687Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1688(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1689
252b5132
RH
1690@cindex emulation
1691@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1692This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1693on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1694removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1695It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1696
1697The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1698@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1699is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1700big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1701preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1702
1703@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1704@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1705the native tools.
1706
252b5132
RH
1707@item --trap
1708@itemx --no-trap
1709@itemx --break
1710@itemx --no-break
1711Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1712@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1713(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1714@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1715break exception.
63486801
L
1716
1717@item -n
a4fb0134 1718When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1719time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1720@end table
73201331 1721@c man end
252b5132
RH
1722@end ifset
1723
1724@ifset MCORE
1725The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1726an MCore processor.
1727
a4fb0134 1728@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1729@item -jsri2bsr
1730@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1731Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
a05a5b64 1732The command-line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
252b5132
RH
1733
1734@item -sifilter
1735@itemx -nosifilter
1736Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a05a5b64 1737The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command-line option.
252b5132
RH
1738
1739@item -relax
1740Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1741
ec694b89
NC
1742@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1743Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1744can be assembled.
1745
1746@item -EB
1747Assemble for a big endian target.
1748
1749@item -EL
1750Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1751
1752@end table
1753@end ifset
a3c62988 1754@c man end
252b5132 1755
a3c62988
NC
1756@ifset METAG
1757
1758@ifclear man
1759@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1760for a Meta processor.
1761@end ifclear
1762
1763@ifset man
1764@c man begin OPTIONS
1765The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1766Meta processor.
1767@c man end
1768@c man begin INCLUDE
1769@include c-metag.texi
1770@c ended inside the included file
1771@end ifset
1772
1773@end ifset
1774
1775@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1776@ifset MMIX
1777See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1778@end ifset
1779
35c08157
KLC
1780@ifset NDS32
1781
1782@ifclear man
1783@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1784for a NDS32 processor.
1785@end ifclear
1786@c ended inside the included file
1787@end ifset
1788
1789@ifset man
1790@c man begin OPTIONS
1791The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1792NDS32 processor.
1793@c man end
1794@c man begin INCLUDE
1795@include c-nds32.texi
1796@c ended inside the included file
1797@end ifset
1798
635fb38d 1799@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1800@ifset PPC
1801
1802@ifclear man
1803@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1804for a PowerPC processor.
1805@end ifclear
1806
1807@ifset man
1808@c man begin OPTIONS
1809The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1810PowerPC processor.
1811@c man end
1812@c man begin INCLUDE
1813@include c-ppc.texi
1814@c ended inside the included file
1815@end ifset
1816
1817@end ifset
1818
e23eba97
NC
1819@ifset RISCV
1820
1821@ifclear man
b57e49f7 1822@xref{RISC-V-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
e23eba97
NC
1823for a RISC-V processor.
1824@end ifclear
1825
1826@ifset man
1827@c man begin OPTIONS
1828The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
b57e49f7 1829RISC-V processor.
e23eba97
NC
1830@c man end
1831@c man begin INCLUDE
1832@include c-riscv.texi
1833@c ended inside the included file
1834@end ifset
1835
1836@end ifset
1837
635fb38d 1838@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1839@ifset RX
1840See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1841@end ifset
1842
11c19e16
MS
1843@ifset S390
1844The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1845processor family.
1846
1847@table @gcctabopt
1848@item -m31
1849@itemx -m64
1850Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1851@item -mesa
1852@item -mzarch
1853Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1854Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1855@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1856Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1857@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1858@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1859@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
46e292ab
AK
1860@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}), or @samp{z15}
1861(or @samp{arch13}).
11c19e16
MS
1862@item -mregnames
1863@itemx -mno-regnames
1864Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1865@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1866Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1867but evaluates to zero.
1868@end table
1869@end ifset
2a633939 1870@c man end
11c19e16 1871
40b36596 1872@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1873
1874@ifclear man
1875@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1876for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1877@end ifclear
1878
1879@ifset man
1880@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1881The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1882TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1883@c man end
1884@c man begin INCLUDE
1885@include c-tic6x.texi
1886@c ended inside the included file
1887@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1888
1889@end ifset
1890
aa137e4d
NC
1891@ifset TILEGX
1892
1893@ifclear man
1894@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1895for a TILE-Gx processor.
1896@end ifclear
1897
1898@ifset man
1899@c man begin OPTIONS
1900The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1901processor.
1902@c man end
1903@c man begin INCLUDE
1904@include c-tilegx.texi
1905@c ended inside the included file
1906@end ifset
1907
1908@end ifset
1909
b6605ddd
EB
1910@ifset VISIUM
1911
1912@ifclear man
1913@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1914for a Visium processor.
1915@end ifclear
1916
1917@ifset man
1918@c man begin OPTIONS
1919The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1920processor.
1921@c man end
1922@c man begin INCLUDE
1923@include c-visium.texi
1924@c ended inside the included file
1925@end ifset
1926
1927@end ifset
1928
e0001a05 1929@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1930
2d8b84ae
SA
1931@ifclear man
1932@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1933for an Xtensa processor.
1934@end ifclear
1935
1936@ifset man
1937@c man begin OPTIONS
1938The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1939Xtensa processor.
1940@c man end
1941@c man begin INCLUDE
1942@include c-xtensa.texi
1943@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1944@end ifset
1945
2d8b84ae
SA
1946@end ifset
1947
3c9b82ba 1948@ifset Z80
6655dba2 1949
7a6bf3be
SB
1950@ifclear man
1951@xref{Z80 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1952for an Z80 processor.
1953@end ifclear
6655dba2 1954
7a6bf3be
SB
1955@ifset man
1956@c man begin OPTIONS
1957The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1958Z80 processor.
1959@c man end
1960@c man begin INCLUDE
1961@include c-z80.texi
1962@c ended inside the included file
3c9b82ba
NC
1963@end ifset
1964
7a6bf3be 1965@end ifset
0285c67d 1966
252b5132
RH
1967@menu
1968* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1969* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1970* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1971* Command Line:: Command Line
1972* Input Files:: Input Files
1973* Object:: Output (Object) File
1974* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1975@end menu
1976
1977@node Manual
1978@section Structure of this Manual
1979
1980@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1981This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1982@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1983notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1984@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1985
1986@ifclear GENERIC
1987We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1988configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1989@end ifclear
1990@ifset GENERIC
1991This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1992various flavors of the assembler.
1993@end ifset
1994
1995@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1996On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1997to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1998In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1999architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
2000mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
2001particular architecture.
2002@ifset GENERIC
2003You may want to consult the manufacturer's
2004machine architecture manual for this information.
2005@end ifset
2006@ifclear GENERIC
2007@ifset H8/300
2008For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
2009Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
2010Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 2011@end ifset
252b5132 2012@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
2013For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
2014see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
2015@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
2016@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
2017@end ifset
2018@ifset Z8000
2019For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
2020@end ifset
2021@end ifclear
2022
2023@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
2024@ignore
2025Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
2026the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
2027Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
2028computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
2029once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
2030qualification.
2031
a4fb0134 2032@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
2033human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
2034computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 2035@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
2036@end ignore
2037
2038@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
2039@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
2040@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
2041@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
2042@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
2043@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
2044@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
2045@c directives).
2046
2047@node GNU Assembler
2048@section The GNU Assembler
2049
0285c67d
NC
2050@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2051
a4fb0134 2052@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 2053@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 2054This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
2055configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
2056@end ifclear
2057If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
2058should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
2059architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
2060including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
2061@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
2062
2063@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 2064@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 2065@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 2066@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2067assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
2068machine would assemble.
2069@ifset VAX
2070Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
2071@end ifset
2072@ifset M680X0
2073@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
2074@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 2075This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
2076assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
2077incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
2078@end ifset
2079
0285c67d
NC
2080@c man end
2081
a4fb0134 2082Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
2083program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
2084@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
2085
2086@node Object Formats
2087@section Object File Formats
2088
2089@cindex object file format
2090The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
2091object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
2092write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
2093are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
2094Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
2095@ifclear GENERIC
2096@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 2097For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
2098@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
2099@end ifclear
2100@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 2101@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 2102On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
2103SOM or ELF format object files.
2104@end ifset
2105@end ifclear
2106
2107@node Command Line
2108@section Command Line
2109
2110@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 2111
a4fb0134 2112After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
2113options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
2114before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
2115significant.
2116
2117@cindex standard input, as input file
2118@kindex --
2119@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 2120explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2121
2122@cindex options, command line
a05a5b64 2123Except for @samp{--} any command-line argument that begins with a
252b5132 2124hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2125@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2126option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2127the letter is important. All options are optional.
2128
2129Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2130name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2131with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2132standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2133
2134@smallexample
2135@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2136@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2137@end smallexample
2138
2139@node Input Files
2140@section Input Files
2141
2142@cindex input
2143@cindex source program
2144@cindex files, input
2145We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2146describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2147be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2148doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2149
2150@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2151@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2152The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2153order specified.
2154
0285c67d 2155@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2156Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2157program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2158(The standard input is also a file.)
2159
a4fb0134 2160You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132 2161names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
a05a5b64 2162command-line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
252b5132
RH
2163is taken to be an input file name.
2164
a4fb0134
SC
2165If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2166from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2167may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2168to assemble.
2169
2170Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2171in your command line.
2172
a4fb0134 2173If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2174file.
2175
0285c67d
NC
2176@c man end
2177
252b5132
RH
2178@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2179
2180@cindex input file linenumbers
2181@cindex line numbers, in input files
2182There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2183either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2184number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2185``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2186
2187@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2188to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2189
2190@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2191directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2192error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2193is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2194@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2195@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2196
2197@node Object
2198@section Output (Object) File
2199
2200@cindex object file
2201@cindex output file
2202@kindex a.out
2203@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2204Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132 2205your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
a8eb42a8 2206is the object file. Its default name is @code{a.out}.
a4fb0134 2207You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2208object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2209reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2210directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2211possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2212
2213@cindex linker
2214@kindex ld
2215The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2216assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2217the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2218information for the debugger.
2219
2220@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2221@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2222
2223@node Errors
2224@section Error and Warning Messages
2225
0285c67d
NC
2226@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2227
a349d9dd 2228@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2229@cindex warning messages
2230@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2231@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2232file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2233runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2234that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2235grave problem that stops the assembly.
2236
0285c67d
NC
2237@c man end
2238
252b5132
RH
2239@cindex format of warning messages
2240Warning messages have the format
2241
2242@smallexample
2243file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2244@end smallexample
2245
2246@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2247@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2248(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2249(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2250@ifset GENERIC
2251(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2252@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2253have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2254in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2255intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2256
2257Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2258directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2259
2260@smallexample
2261 .file 2 "bar.c"
2262 error_assembler_source
2263 .file "foo.c"
2264 .line 30
2265 error_c_source
2266@end smallexample
2267
2268produces this output:
2269
2270@smallexample
2271 Assembler messages:
2272 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2273 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2274@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2275
2276@cindex format of error messages
2277Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2278
252b5132
RH
2279@smallexample
2280file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2281@end smallexample
72e0b254 2282
252b5132
RH
2283The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2284messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2285because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2286
2287@node Invoking
2288@chapter Command-Line Options
2289
2290@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2291This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2292versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2293for options specific
252b5132 2294@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2295to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2296@end ifclear
2297@ifset GENERIC
2298to particular machine architectures.
2299@end ifset
2300
0285c67d
NC
2301@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2302
c1253627 2303If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2304you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2305The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2306by commas. For example:
2307
2308@smallexample
2309gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2310@end smallexample
2311
2312@noindent
2313This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2314standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2315local symbols in the symbol table).
2316
2317Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2318command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2319(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2320precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2321assembler.)
2322
0285c67d
NC
2323@c man end
2324
252b5132 2325@menu
83f10cb2 2326* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2327* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2328* D:: -D for compatibility
2329* f:: -f to work faster
2330* I:: -I for .include search path
2331@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2332* K:: -K for compatibility
2333@end ifclear
2334@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2335* K:: -K for difference tables
2336@end ifset
2337
ba83aca1 2338* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2339* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2340* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2341* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2342* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2343* o:: -o to name the object file
2344* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2345* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2346* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2347* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2348* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2349* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2350@end menu
2351
2352@node a
83f10cb2 2353@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2354
2355@kindex -a
2356@kindex -ac
2357@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2358@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2359@kindex -ah
2360@kindex -al
2361@kindex -an
2362@kindex -as
2363@cindex listings, enabling
2364@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2365
2366These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2367@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2368You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2369@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2370@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2371@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2372High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2373@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2374also.
2375
83f10cb2
NC
2376Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2377information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2378
252b5132
RH
2379Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2380which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2381other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2382omitted from the listing.
2383
2384Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2385listing.
2386
2387Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2388listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2389@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2390@code{.sbttl}.
2391The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2392If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2393listing-control directives have no effect.
2394
2395The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2396@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2397
96e9638b
BW
2398Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2399because it
a05a5b64 2400is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2401is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2402directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2403stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2404memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2405
caa32fe5
NC
2406@node alternate
2407@section @option{--alternate}
2408
2409@kindex --alternate
2410Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2411
252b5132 2412@node D
a4fb0134 2413@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2414
2415@kindex -D
2416This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2417likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2418@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2419
2420@node f
a4fb0134 2421@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2422
2423@kindex -f
2424@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2425@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2426@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2427(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2428and comment preprocessing on
2429the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2430,Preprocessing}.
2431
2432@quotation
2433@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2434preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2435not work correctly.
2436@end quotation
2437
2438@node I
c1253627 2439@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2440
2441@kindex -I @var{path}
2442@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2443@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2444@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2445Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2446@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2447directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2448many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2449working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2450searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2451specified (left to right) on the command line.
2452
2453@node K
a4fb0134 2454@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2455
2456@kindex -K
2457@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2458On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2459permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2460where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2461generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2462family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2463alteration on other platforms.
2464@end ifclear
2465
2466@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2467@cindex difference tables, warning
2468@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2469@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2470form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2471You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2472is done.
2473@end ifset
2474
2475@node L
ba83aca1 2476@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2477
2478@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2479@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2480Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2481@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2482called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2483such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2484programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2485notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2486such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2487
2488This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2489in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2490@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2491
c3a27914 2492@node listing
a4fb0134 2493@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914 2494
a05a5b64 2495The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2496@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2497hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2498them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2499directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2500@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2501@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2502@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2503
a4fb0134 2504@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2505@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2506@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2507@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2508Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2509dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2510
2511@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2512@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2513@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2514Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2515a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2516the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2517switch is used the default is to one.
2518
2519@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2520@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2521@cindex Width of source line output
2522Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2523alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2524source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2525
2526@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2527@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2528@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2529Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2530displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2531@end table
2532
252b5132 2533@node M
a4fb0134 2534@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2535
2536@kindex -M
2537@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2538The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2539changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
a8eb42a8
AM
2540compatible with the @code{ASM68K} assembler from Microtec Research.
2541The exact nature of the
252b5132
RH
2542MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2543information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2544arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2545assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2546
2547The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2548depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2549file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2550individually. These are:
2551
2552@itemize @bullet
2553@item global symbols in common section
2554
2555The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2556Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2557common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2558symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2559symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2560
2561@item complex relocations
2562
2563The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2564relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2565are not support by other object file formats.
2566
2567@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2568
2569The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2570This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2571instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2572script.
2573
2574@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2575
2576The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2577name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2578
2579@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2580
2581The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2582address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2583which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2584not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2585assigned within a linker script.
2586@end itemize
2587
2588There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2589@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2590seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2591
2592@itemize @bullet
2593
2594@item EBCDIC strings
2595
2596EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2597
2598@item packed binary coded decimal
2599
2600Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2601and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2602
2603@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2604
2605The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2606
2607@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2608
2609The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2610
2611@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2612
2613The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2614@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2615relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2616these options serve no purpose.
2617
2618@item @code{OPT} list control options
2619
2620The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2621@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2622@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2623
2624@item other @code{OPT} options
2625
2626The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2627@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2628
2629@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2630
2631The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2632@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2633
2634@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2635
2636The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2637
252b5132
RH
2638@end itemize
2639
2640@node MD
c1253627 2641@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2642
2643@kindex --MD
2644@cindex dependency tracking
2645@cindex make rules
2646
a4fb0134 2647@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2648file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2649dependencies of the main source file.
2650
2651The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2652
2653This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2654
2edb36e7
NC
2655@node no-pad-sections
2656@section Output Section Padding
2657@kindex --no-pad-sections
2658@cindex output section padding
2659Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2660alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2661memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2662disable this behaviour.
2663
252b5132 2664@node o
a4fb0134 2665@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2666
2667@kindex -o
2668@cindex naming object file
2669@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2670There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
a8eb42a8 2671default it has the name @file{a.out}.
252b5132
RH
2672You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2673object file a different name.
2674
a4fb0134 2675Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2676existing file of the same name.
2677
2678@node R
a4fb0134 2679@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2680
2681@kindex -R
2682@cindex data and text sections, joining
2683@cindex text and data sections, joining
2684@cindex joining text and data sections
2685@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2686@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2687data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2688the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2689section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2690your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2691appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2692
a4fb0134 2693When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2694address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2695data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2696older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2697
c1253627
NC
2698@ifset COFF-ELF
2699When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2700this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2701@samp{.data}.
2702@end ifset
2703
2704@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2705@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2706@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2707@end ifset
2708
2709@node statistics
a4fb0134 2710@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2711
2712@kindex --statistics
2713@cindex statistics, about assembly
2714@cindex time, total for assembly
2715@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2716Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2717@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2718(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2719seconds).
2720
2721@node traditional-format
c1253627 2722@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2723
2724@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2725For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2726from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2727@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2728
2729For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2730@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2731
2732@node v
a4fb0134 2733@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2734
2735@kindex -v
2736@kindex -version
2737@cindex assembler version
2738@cindex version of assembler
2739You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2740option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2741command line.
2742
2743@node W
a4fb0134 2744@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2745
a4fb0134 2746@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2747assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2748cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2749made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2750
c1253627
NC
2751@kindex -W
2752@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2753@cindex suppressing warnings
2754@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2755If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2756This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2757how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2758are still reported.
2759
c1253627 2760@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2761@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2762@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2763If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2764files that generate warnings to be in error.
2765
c1253627 2766@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2767@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2768You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2769causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2770
2771@node Z
a4fb0134 2772@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2773@cindex object file, after errors
2774@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2775After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2776some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2777@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2778option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2779writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2780errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2781
2782@node Syntax
2783@chapter Syntax
2784
2785@cindex machine-independent syntax
2786@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2787This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2788source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2789assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2790@ifclear VAX
2791assembler.
2792@end ifclear
2793@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2794assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2795@end ifset
2796
2797@menu
7c31ae13 2798* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2799* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2800* Comments:: Comments
2801* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2802* Statements:: Statements
2803* Constants:: Constants
2804@end menu
2805
2806@node Preprocessing
2807@section Preprocessing
2808
2809@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2810The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2811@itemize @bullet
2812@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2813@item
2814adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2815the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2816a single space.
2817
2818@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2819@item
2820removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2821appropriate number of newlines.
2822
2823@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2824@item
2825converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2826@end itemize
2827
2828It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2829anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2830do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2831(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2832to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2833@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2834Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2835
2836Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2837cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2838preprocessed.
2839
2840@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2841@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2842@kindex #NO_APP
2843@kindex #APP
2844If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2845@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2846Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2847specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2848text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2849@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2850@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2851and whitespace.
2852
2853@node Whitespace
2854@section Whitespace
2855
2856@cindex whitespace
2857@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2858Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2859people to read. Unless within character constants
2860(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2861as exactly one space.
2862
2863@node Comments
2864@section Comments
2865
2866@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2867There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2868cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2869
2870Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2871This means you may not nest these comments.
2872
2873@smallexample
2874/*
2875 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2876 is to use this sort of comment.
2877*/
2878
2879/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2880@end smallexample
2881
2882@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2883Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2884considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2885specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2886line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2887line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2888comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
a05a5b64 2889upon command-line options that have been used. For more details see the
7c31ae13
NC
2890@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2891
2892If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2893special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2894to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2895
2896@kindex #
2897@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2898@cindex logical line numbers
2899To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2900special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2901expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2902line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2903new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2904
2905If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2906the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2907
2908@smallexample
2909 # This is an ordinary comment.
2910# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2911 # This is logical line # 36.
2912@end smallexample
2913This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2914of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2915
2916@node Symbol Intro
2917@section Symbols
2918
2919@cindex characters used in symbols
2920@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2921A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2922letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2923@samp{_.$}.
2924@end ifclear
2925@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2926@ifclear GENERIC
2927@ifset H8
2928A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2929letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2930@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2931symbol names.)
2932@end ifset
2933@end ifclear
2934@end ifset
2935@ifset GENERIC
2936On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2937are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2938@end ifset
2939No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2940There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2941are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2942beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2943of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2944
2945Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2946cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2947quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2948backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2949@cindex length of symbols
2950
2951@node Statements
2952@section Statements
2953
2954@cindex statements, structure of
2955@cindex line separator character
2956@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2957
2958A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2959@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2960specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2961target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2962The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2963preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2964exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2965
2966@cindex newline, required at file end
2967@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2968It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2969character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2970
2971An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2972
2973@cindex instructions and directives
2974@cindex directives and instructions
2975@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2976@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2977@c 13feb91.
2978A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2979key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2980symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2981symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2982directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2983a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2984assembles into a machine language instruction.
2985@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2986Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2987recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2988represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2989language.@refill
2990@end ifset
2991
2992@cindex @code{:} (label)
2993@cindex label (@code{:})
2994A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2995Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2996have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2997
2998@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2999For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
3000the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
3001only one label may be defined on each line.
3002@end ifset
3003
3004@smallexample
3005label: .directive followed by something
3006another_label: # This is an empty statement.
3007 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
3008@end smallexample
3009
3010@node Constants
3011@section Constants
3012
3013@cindex constants
3014A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
3015inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
3016@smallexample
3017@group
3018.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
3019.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
3020.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
3021.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
302295028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
3023@end group
3024@end smallexample
3025
3026@menu
3027* Characters:: Character Constants
3028* Numbers:: Number Constants
3029@end menu
3030
3031@node Characters
3032@subsection Character Constants
3033
3034@cindex character constants
3035@cindex constants, character
3036There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
3037for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
3038numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
3039@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
3040used in arithmetic expressions.
3041
3042@menu
3043* Strings:: Strings
3044* Chars:: Characters
3045@end menu
3046
3047@node Strings
3048@subsubsection Strings
3049
3050@cindex string constants
3051@cindex constants, string
3052A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
3053double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
3054into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
3055a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
3056one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
3057@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
3058(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
3059escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
3060
3061@cindex escape codes, character
3062@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
3063@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
3064@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
3065@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
3066@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
3067@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
3068@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
3069@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
3070@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
3071@table @kbd
3072@c @item \a
3073@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
3074@c
361fa3a4 3075@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
3076@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
3077@item \b
3078Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
3079
3080@c @item \e
3081@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
3082@c
361fa3a4 3083@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 3084@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 3085@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
3086Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
3087
361fa3a4 3088@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
3089@cindex newline (@code{\n})
3090@item \n
3091Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
3092
3093@c @item \p
3094@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
3095@c
361fa3a4
NC
3096@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3097@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3098@item \r
3099Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3100
3101@c @item \s
3102@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3103@c other assemblers.
3104@c
361fa3a4 3105@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3106@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3107@item \t
3108Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3109
3110@c @item \v
3111@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3112@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3113@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3114@c
361fa3a4 3115@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3116@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3117@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3118An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3119For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3120for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3121
361fa3a4 3122@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3123@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3124@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3125A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3126lower case @code{x} works.
3127
361fa3a4 3128@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3129@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3130@item \\
3131Represents one @samp{\} character.
3132
3133@c @item \'
3134@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3135@c This is needed in single character literals
3136@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3137@c a @samp{'}.
3138@c
361fa3a4 3139@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3140@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3141@item \"
3142Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3143this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3144
3145@item \ @var{anything-else}
3146Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3147assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3148you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3149interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3150other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3151code and warns you of the fact.
3152@end table
3153
3154Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3155varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3156the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3157compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3158sequence.
3159
3160@node Chars
3161@subsubsection Characters
3162
3163@cindex single character constant
3164@cindex character, single
3165@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3166A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3167that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3168@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3169as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3170character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3171the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3172accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3173@ifclear GENERIC
3174@ifclear abnormal-separator
3175(or semicolon @samp{;})
3176@end ifclear
3177@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3178@ifset H8
3179(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3180Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3181@end ifset
3182@end ifset
3183@end ifclear
3184immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3185and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3186constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3187that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3188@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3189
3190@node Numbers
3191@subsection Number Constants
3192
3193@cindex constants, number
3194@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3195@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3196are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3197would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3198integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3199are floating point numbers, described below.
3200
3201@menu
3202* Integers:: Integers
3203* Bignums:: Bignums
3204* Flonums:: Flonums
3205@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3206@end ifclear
3207@end menu
3208
3209@node Integers
3210@subsubsection Integers
3211@cindex integers
3212@cindex constants, integer
3213
3214@cindex binary integers
3215@cindex integers, binary
3216A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3217the binary digits @samp{01}.
3218
3219@cindex octal integers
3220@cindex integers, octal
3221An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3222digits (@samp{01234567}).
3223
3224@cindex decimal integers
3225@cindex integers, decimal
3226A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3227more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3228
3229@cindex hexadecimal integers
3230@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3231A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3232more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3233
3234Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3235the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3236(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3237
3238@node Bignums
3239@subsubsection Bignums
3240
3241@cindex bignums
3242@cindex constants, bignum
3243A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3244except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3245represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3246integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3247
3248@node Flonums
3249@subsubsection Flonums
3250@cindex flonums
3251@cindex floating point numbers
3252@cindex constants, floating point
3253
3254@cindex precision, floating point
3255A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3256indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3257@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3258sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3259to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3260portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3261
3262A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3263@itemize @bullet
3264@item
3265The digit @samp{0}.
3266@ifset HPPA
3267(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3268@end ifset
3269
3270@item
a4fb0134 3271A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3272@ifset GENERIC
3273@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3274@ignore
3275@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3276(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
32774.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3278@end ignore
3279
a8eb42a8 3280On the H8/300 and Renesas / SuperH SH architectures, the letter must be
252b5132
RH
3281one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3282
3283On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3284(in upper or lower case).
3285
252b5132
RH
3286On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3287@end ifset
3288@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3289@ifset ARC
3290One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3291@end ifset
3292@ifset H8
3293One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3294@end ifset
3295@ifset HPPA
3296The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3297@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3298@end ifclear
3299
3300@item
3301An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3302
3303@item
3304An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3305
3306@item
3307An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3308or more decimal digits.
3309
3310@item
3311An optional exponent, consisting of:
3312
3313@itemize @bullet
3314@item
3315An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3316@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3317@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3318@item
3319Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3320@item
3321One or more decimal digits.
3322@end itemize
3323
3324@end itemize
3325
3326At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3327present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3328
a4fb0134 3329@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3330independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3331@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 3332
252b5132
RH
3333@node Sections
3334@chapter Sections and Relocation
3335@cindex sections
3336@cindex relocation
3337
3338@menu
3339* Secs Background:: Background
3340* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3341* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3342* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3343* bss:: bss Section
3344@end menu
3345
3346@node Secs Background
3347@section Background
3348
3349Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3350``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3351For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3352
3353@cindex linker, and assembler
3354@cindex assembler, and linker
3355The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3356combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3357emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3358@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3359different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3360oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3361sections.
3362
3363@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3364addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3365units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3366within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3367run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3368the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3369the proper run-time addresses.
3370@ifset H8
7be1c489 3371For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3372@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3373ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3374@end ifset
3375
3376@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3377An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3378of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3379@dfn{bss} sections.
3380
c1253627 3381@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3382@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3383When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3384@end ifset
a4fb0134 3385@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3386using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3387If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3388or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3389@end ifset
3390
3391@ifset HPPA
3392@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3393When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3394@end ifset
a4fb0134 3395@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3396specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3397@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3398(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3399assembler directives.
3400
3401@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3402Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3403text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3404is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3405BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3406@end ifset
3407@end ifset
3408
3409Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3410data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3411
3412@ifset HPPA
3413When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3414section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3415@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3416@end ifset
3417
3418To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3419relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3420object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3421@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3422file is mentioned:
3423@itemize @bullet
3424@item
3425Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3426an address?
3427@item
3428How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3429@item
3430Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3431@display
3432(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3433@end display
3434@item
3435Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3436@end itemize
3437
3438@cindex addresses, format of
3439@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3440In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3441@display
3442(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3443@end display
3444@noindent
a4fb0134 3445Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3446nature.
3447@ifset SOM
3448(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3449symbol-relative instead.)
3450@end ifset
3451
3452In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3453@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3454
3455Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3456@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3457addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3458@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3459@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3460data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3461their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3462part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3463address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3464
3465The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3466address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3467rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3468Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3469address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3470common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3471time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3472
3473By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3474the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3475sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3476customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3477the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3478data and bss sections.
3479
3480Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3481use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3482
3483@node Ld Sections
3484@section Linker Sections
3485@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3486
3487@table @strong
3488
c1253627 3489@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3490@cindex named sections
3491@cindex sections, named
3492@item named sections
3493@end ifset
a8eb42a8 3494@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3495@cindex text section
3496@cindex data section
3497@itemx text section
3498@itemx data section
3499@end ifset
a4fb0134 3500These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3501separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627 3502true of another.
a8eb42a8 3503@c @ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3504When the program is running, however, it is
3505customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3506text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3507instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3508program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3509in the data section.
c1253627 3510@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3511
3512@cindex bss section
3513@item bss section
3514This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3515is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3516each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3517out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3518bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3519those explicit zeros from object files.
3520
3521@cindex absolute section
3522@item absolute section
3523Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3524This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3525not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3526addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3527
3528@cindex undefined section
3529@item undefined section
3530This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3531the preceding sections.
3532@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3533@end table
3534
3535@cindex relocation example
3536An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3537@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3538The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3539@end ifset
3540Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3541
3542@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3543@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3544@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3545@smallexample
3546 +-----+----+--+
3547partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3548 +-----+----+--+
3549
3550 text data bss
3551 seg. seg. seg.
3552
3553 +---+---+---+
3554partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3555 +---+---+---+
3556
3557 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3558linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3559 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3560
3561 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3562@end smallexample
3563@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3564@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3565@need 5000
3566@tex
c1253627 3567\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3568\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3569\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3570\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3571
3572\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3573\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3574\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3575
3576\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3577\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3578\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3579ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3580DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3581
3582\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3583\line{0\dots\hfil}
3584
3585@end tex
3586@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3587
3588@node As Sections
3589@section Assembler Internal Sections
3590
3591@cindex internal assembler sections
3592@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3593These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3594have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3595sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3596warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3597meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3598value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3599section-relative address.
3600
3601@table @b
3602@cindex assembler internal logic error
3603@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3604An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3605bug in the assembler.
3606
3607@cindex expr (internal section)
3608@item expr section
3609The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3610symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3611it in the expr section.
3612@c FIXME item debug
3613@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3614@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3615@c FIXME item register
3616@end table
3617
3618@node Sub-Sections
3619@section Sub-Sections
3620
3621@cindex numbered subsections
3622@cindex grouping data
a8eb42a8 3623@ifset aout
252b5132 3624Assembled bytes
c1253627 3625@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3626conventionally
3627@end ifset
3628fall into two sections: text and data.
3629@end ifset
3630You may have separate groups of
3631@ifset GENERIC
3632data in named sections
3633@end ifset
3634@ifclear GENERIC
a8eb42a8 3635@ifclear aout
252b5132
RH
3636data in named sections
3637@end ifclear
a8eb42a8 3638@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3639text or data
3640@end ifset
3641@end ifclear
3642that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3643are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3644use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3645numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3646same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3647subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3648section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3649assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3650section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3651constants being output.
3652
3653Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3654goes in subsection number zero.
3655
3656@ifset GENERIC
3657Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3658(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3659of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3660@end ifset
3661@ifclear GENERIC
3662@ifset H8
7be1c489 3663On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3664boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3665The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132 3666@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3667@end ifclear
3668
3669Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3670to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3671The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3672other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3673They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3674data subsections as a data section.
3675
3676To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3677into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3678@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3679@ifset COFF
252b5132 3680@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3681When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3682@end ifset
3683@ifclear GENERIC
3684You
3685@end ifclear
3686can also use an extra subsection
3687argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3688@var{expression}}.
3689@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3690@ifset ELF
3691@ifset GENERIC
3692When generating ELF output, you
3693@end ifset
3694@ifclear GENERIC
3695You
3696@end ifclear
3697can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3698to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3699@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3700@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3701(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3702is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3703begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3704@smallexample
3705.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3706.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3707.text 1
3708.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3709.data 0
3710.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3711.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3712.text 0
3713.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3714.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3715@end smallexample
3716
3717Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3718assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3719restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3720counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3721@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3722current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3723assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3724
3725@node bss
3726@section bss Section
3727
3728@cindex bss section
3729@cindex common variable storage
3730The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3731You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3732not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3733your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3734section are zeroed bytes.
3735
3736The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3737@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3738
3739The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3740another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3741
3742@ifset GENERIC
3743When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3744COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3745see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3746section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3747@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3748@end ifset
3749
3750@node Symbols
3751@chapter Symbols
3752
3753@cindex symbols
3754Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3755things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3756to debug.
3757
3758@quotation
3759@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3760@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3761the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3762@end quotation
3763
3764@menu
3765* Labels:: Labels
3766* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3767* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3768* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3769* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3770@end menu
3771
3772@node Labels
3773@section Labels
3774
3775@cindex labels
3776A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3777@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3778active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3779operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3780different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3781definitions.
3782
3783@ifset HPPA
3784On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3785colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3786a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3787provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3788@end ifset
3789
3790@node Setting Symbols
3791@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3792
3793@cindex assigning values to symbols
3794@cindex symbol values, assigning
3795A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3796by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3797(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3798directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3799equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3800@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3801
f8739b83
JZ
3802@ifset Blackfin
3803Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3804@end ifset
3805
252b5132
RH
3806@node Symbol Names
3807@section Symbol Names
3808
3809@cindex symbol names
3810@cindex names, symbol
3811@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3812Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3813machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3814noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3815string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3816particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3817@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3818@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3819@ifset H8
3820Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3821Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3822character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3823on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3824@end ifset
3825@end ifset
3826
3827Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3828than @code{Foo}.
3829
ed1fcdd1
NC
3830Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3831Local Labels. See below.
3832
7bfd842d
NC
3833Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3834multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3835@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3836currently supported.
3837
252b5132
RH
3838Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3839refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3840in a program.
3841
3842@subheading Local Symbol Names
3843
3844@cindex local symbol names
3845@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3846A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3847By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3848@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3849set of local label prefixes.
3850@ifset HPPA
3851On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3852@end ifset
3853
3854Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3855normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3856You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3857to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3858
3859@subheading Local Labels
3860
3861@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3862@cindex temporary symbol names
3863@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3864Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3865programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3866be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3867referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3868the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3869To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3870@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3871to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3872stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3873
3874There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3875too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3876the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3877defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3878definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3879noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3880implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3881
3882Here is an example:
3883
3884@smallexample
38851: branch 1f
38862: branch 1b
38871: branch 2f
38882: branch 1b
3889@end smallexample
3890
3891Which is the equivalent of:
3892
3893@smallexample
3894label_1: branch label_3
3895label_2: branch label_1
3896label_3: branch label_4
3897label_4: branch label_3
3898@end smallexample
3899
ba83aca1 3900Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3901transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3902The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3903are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3904these parts:
252b5132
RH
3905
3906@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3907@item @emph{local label prefix}
3908All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3909Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3910that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3911used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3912@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3913object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3914you may use them in debugging.
3915
2d5aaba0
NC
3916@item @var{number}
3917This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3918label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3919
2d5aaba0
NC
3920@item @kbd{C-B}
3921This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3922of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3923
3924@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3925This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3926@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3927number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3928the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3929@end table
3930
ba83aca1
BW
3931So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3932the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3933
3934@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3935@cindex dollar local symbols
3936
ed1fcdd1
NC
3937On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3938local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3939become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3940valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3941by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3942by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3943
3944Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3945except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3946@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3947
3948They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3949names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3950to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3951@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3952
3953@node Dot
3954@section The Special Dot Symbol
3955
3956@cindex dot (symbol)
3957@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3958@cindex current address
3959@cindex location counter
3960The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3961@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3962.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3963Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3964directive.
252b5132 3965@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3966Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3967@samp{.space 4}.
3968@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3969
3970@node Symbol Attributes
3971@section Symbol Attributes
3972
3973@cindex symbol attributes
3974@cindex attributes, symbol
3975Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3976``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3977attributes.
3978@ifset INTERNALS
3979The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3980@end ifset
3981
a4fb0134 3982If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3983all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3984symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3985would want.
3986
3987@menu
3988* Symbol Value:: Value
3989* Symbol Type:: Type
a8eb42a8 3990@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3991* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3992@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3993@ifset COFF
3994* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3995@end ifset
3996@ifset SOM
3997* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3998@end ifset
3999@end menu
4000
4001@node Symbol Value
4002@subsection Value
4003
4004@cindex value of a symbol
4005@cindex symbol value
4006The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
4007location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
4008number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
4009Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
4010as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
4011symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
4012called absolute.
4013
4014The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
40150 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
4016@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
4017same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
4018name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
4019common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
4020bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
4021allocated storage.
4022
4023@node Symbol Type
4024@subsection Type
4025
4026@cindex type of a symbol
4027@cindex symbol type
4028The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
4029information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
4030(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
4031format depends on the object-code output format in use.
4032
a8eb42a8 4033@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4034@node a.out Symbols
4035@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4036
4037@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4038@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4039
252b5132
RH
4040@menu
4041* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4042* Symbol Other:: Other
4043@end menu
4044
4045@node Symbol Desc
4046@subsubsection Descriptor
4047
4048@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4049This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4050descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4051(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4052@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4053
4054@node Symbol Other
4055@subsubsection Other
4056
4057@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4058This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4059@end ifset
4060
4061@ifset COFF
4062@node COFF Symbols
4063@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4064
4065@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4066@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4067
4068The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4069like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4070@code{.endef} directives.
4071
4072@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4073
4074@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4075The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4076respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4077
4078@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4079
4080@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4081The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4082@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4083table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4084@end ifset
4085
4086@ifset SOM
4087@node SOM Symbols
4088@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4089
4090@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4091@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4092
4093The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4094the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4095
01642c12 4096The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4097Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4098@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4099@end ifset
4100
4101@node Expressions
4102@chapter Expressions
4103
4104@cindex expressions
4105@cindex addresses
4106@cindex numeric values
4107An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4108Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4109
4110The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4111a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4112enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4113section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4114the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4115@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4116
4117@menu
4118* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4119* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4120@end menu
4121
4122@node Empty Exprs
4123@section Empty Expressions
4124
4125@cindex empty expressions
4126@cindex expressions, empty
4127An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4128Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4129expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4130is compatible with other assemblers.
4131
4132@node Integer Exprs
4133@section Integer Expressions
4134
4135@cindex integer expressions
4136@cindex expressions, integer
4137An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4138by @emph{operators}.
4139
4140@menu
4141* Arguments:: Arguments
4142* Operators:: Operators
4143* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4144* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4145@end menu
4146
4147@node Arguments
4148@subsection Arguments
4149
4150@cindex expression arguments
4151@cindex arguments in expressions
4152@cindex operands in expressions
4153@cindex arithmetic operands
4154@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4155contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4156this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4157the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4158expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4159instruction operands.
4160
4161Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4162@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4163or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4164integer.
4165
4166Numbers are usually integers.
4167
4168A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4169that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4170these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4171instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4172assemblers.
4173
4174@cindex subexpressions
4175Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4176expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4177operator followed by an argument.
4178
4179@node Operators
4180@subsection Operators
4181
4182@cindex operators, in expressions
4183@cindex arithmetic functions
4184@cindex functions, in expressions
4185@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4186operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4187between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4188whitespace.
4189
4190@node Prefix Ops
4191@subsection Prefix Operator
4192
4193@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4194@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4195one argument, which must be absolute.
4196
4197@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4198@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4199@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4200@tex
4201\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4202@end tex
4203
4204@table @code
4205@item -
4206@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4207@item ~
4208@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4209@end table
4210
4211@tex
4212\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4213@end tex
4214
4215@node Infix Ops
4216@subsection Infix Operators
4217
4218@cindex infix operators
4219@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4220@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4221have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4222to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4223absolute, and the result is absolute.
4224
4225@enumerate
4226@cindex operator precedence
4227@cindex precedence of operators
4228
4229@item
4230Highest Precedence
4231
4232@table @code
4233@item *
4234@dfn{Multiplication}.
4235
4236@item /
4237@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4238
4239@item %
4240@dfn{Remainder}.
4241
d1eac9d9 4242@item <<
252b5132
RH
4243@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4244
d1eac9d9 4245@item >>
252b5132
RH
4246@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4247@end table
4248
4249@item
4250Intermediate precedence
4251
4252@table @code
4253@item |
4254
4255@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4256
4257@item &
4258@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4259
4260@item ^
4261@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4262
4263@item !
4264@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4265@end table
4266
4267@item
b131d4dc 4268Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4269
4270@table @code
4271@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4272@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4273@cindex arguments for addition
4274@item +
4275@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4276the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4277sections.
4278
4279@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4280@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4281@cindex arguments for subtraction
4282@item -
4283@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4284result has the section of the left argument.
4285If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4286You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4287@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4288
4289@cindex comparison expressions
4290@cindex expressions, comparison
4291@item ==
4292@dfn{Is Equal To}
4293@item <>
723a8472 4294@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4295@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4296@item <
4297@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4298@item >
b131d4dc 4299@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4300@item >=
b131d4dc 4301@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4302@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4303@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4304
4305The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4306value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4307perform signed comparisons.
4308@end table
4309
4310@item Lowest Precedence
4311
4312@table @code
4313@item &&
4314@dfn{Logical And}.
4315
4316@item ||
4317@dfn{Logical Or}.
4318
4319These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4320expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4321value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4322or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4323
252b5132
RH
4324@end table
4325@end enumerate
4326
4327In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4328address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4329
4330@node Pseudo Ops
4331@chapter Assembler Directives
4332
4333@cindex directives, machine independent
4334@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4335@cindex machine independent directives
4336All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4337The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4338in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4339
4340This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4341target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4342@ifset GENERIC
4343Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4344@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4345@end ifset
4346@ifclear GENERIC
4347@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4348@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4349@end ifset
4350@end ifclear
4351
4352@menu
4353* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4354@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4355* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4356@end ifset
f0dc282c 4357
915808f6 4358* Align:: @code{.align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
caa32fe5 4359* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4360* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4361* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
915808f6 4362* Balign:: @code{.balign [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]}
d3b47e2b 4363* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4364* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4365* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4366* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132 4367* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
340d33e5
NC
4368* Dc:: @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4369* Dcb:: @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4370* Ds:: @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
4371@ifset COFF
4372* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4373@end ifset
a8eb42a8 4374@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4375* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4376@end ifset
4377@ifset COFF
4378* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4379@end ifset
f0dc282c 4380
252b5132
RH
4381* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4382* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4383* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4384* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4385* End:: @code{.end}
4386@ifset COFF
4387* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4388@end ifset
f0dc282c 4389
252b5132
RH
4390* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4391* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4392* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4393* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4394* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4395* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4396* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4397* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4398* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4399* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4400* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4401* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4402* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4403* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4404* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4405@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4406* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4407* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4408@end ifset
f0dc282c 4409
252b5132
RH
4410* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4411* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4412* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4413* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4414* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4415* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4416@ifset ELF
4417* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4418@end ifset
f0dc282c 4419
252b5132
RH
4420* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4421* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4422* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4423* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4424@ifclear no-line-dir
4425* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4426@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4427
252b5132
RH
4428* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4429* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4430* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4431* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4432* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4433@ifset ELF
4434* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4435@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4436
252b5132
RH
4437* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4438@ignore
4439* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4440@end ignore
f0dc282c 4441
252b5132
RH
4442* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4443* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4444* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132 4445* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
8f065d3b 4446* Nops:: @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
252b5132 4447* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4448* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291 4449* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
915808f6 4450* P2align:: @code{.p2align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
c91d2e08
NC
4451@ifset ELF
4452* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4453* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4454@end ifset
f0dc282c 4455
252b5132 4456* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4457@ifset ELF
4458* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4459@end ifset
f0dc282c 4460
252b5132
RH
4461* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4462* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4463@ifset ELF
4464* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4465@end ifset
f0dc282c 4466
252b5132 4467* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4468* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4469* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4470* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4471@ifset COFF
4472* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4473@end ifset
4474@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4475* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4476@end ifset
f0dc282c 4477
252b5132
RH
4478* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4479* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4480* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4481@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4482* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4483@end ifset
884f0d36 4484@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4485* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36
BW
4486@end ifclear
4487
252b5132 4488* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4489@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4490* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36 4491@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4492@ifset have-stabs
4493* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4494@end ifset
f0dc282c 4495
38a57ae7 4496* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4497* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4498@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4499* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4500* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4501@end ifset
f0dc282c 4502
252b5132
RH
4503@ifset COFF
4504* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4505@end ifset
f0dc282c 4506
252b5132
RH
4507* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4508* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4509@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4510* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4511@end ifset
4512
c91d2e08 4513* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4514@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4515* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4516@end ifset
f0dc282c 4517
2e13b764 4518@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4519* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4520* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4521* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4522@end ifset
f0dc282c 4523
d190d046 4524* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4525* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4526* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4527* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4528@ifclear no-space-dir
4529* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4530@end ifclear
2b841ec2
AM
4531@ifset ELF
4532* 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}}
4533* 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}}
4534* 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}}
4535@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4536* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4537@end menu
4538
4539@node Abort
4540@section @code{.abort}
4541
4542@cindex @code{abort} directive
4543@cindex stopping the assembly
4544This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4545compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4546assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4547of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4548quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4549
4550@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4551@node ABORT (COFF)
4552@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4553
4554@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4555When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4556synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4557
252b5132
RH
4558@end ifset
4559
4560@node Align
915808f6 4561@section @code{.align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
4562
4563@cindex padding the location counter
4564@cindex @code{align} directive
4565Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4566boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
915808f6
NC
4567required, as described below. If this expression is omitted then a default
4568value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
4569
4570The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4571padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4572padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4573marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4574with no-op instructions.
4575
4576The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4577it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4578directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4579specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4580fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4581required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4582with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4583
4584The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
a8eb42a8 4585For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
5b660084 4586s390, sparc, tic4x and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4587alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4588the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4589is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4590first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4591
9e9a9798 4592For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4593strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4594number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4595advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 4596counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
252b5132
RH
4597multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4598
4599This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4600native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4601GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4602described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4603architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4604
ccf8a69b
BW
4605@node Altmacro
4606@section @code{.altmacro}
4607Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4608
4609@ftable @code
4610@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4611One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4612generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4613replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4614replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4615separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4616define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4617
4618@item String delimiters
4619You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4620@code{"@var{string}"}:
4621
4622@table @code
4623@item '@var{string}'
4624You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4625
4626@item <@var{string}>
4627You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4628@end table
4629
4630@item single-character string escape
4631To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4632character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4633character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4634write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4635
4636@item Expression results as strings
4637You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4638and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4639@end ftable
4640
252b5132
RH
4641@node Ascii
4642@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4643
4644@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4645@cindex string literals
4646@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4647separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4648trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4649
4650@node Asciz
4651@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4652
4653@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4654@cindex zero-terminated strings
4655@cindex null-terminated strings
4656@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4657a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4658
4659@node Balign
915808f6 4660@section @code{.balign[wl] [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
4661
4662@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4663@cindex @code{balign} directive
4664Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4665storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4666alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4667the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
915808f6
NC
4668is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. If the expression is omitted
4669then a default value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
4670
4671The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4672padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4673padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4674marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4675with no-op instructions.
4676
4677The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4678it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4679directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4680specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4681fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4682required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4683with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4684
4685@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4686@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4687The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4688@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4689pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4690fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
46914,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4692filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4693the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4694undefined.
4695
fa94de6b 4696@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4697@section Bundle directives
4698@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4699@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4700@cindex bundle
4701@cindex instruction bundle
4702@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4703@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4704bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4705into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4706disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4707gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4708@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4709
4710For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4711certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4712instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4713@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4714chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4715effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4716instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4717that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4718end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4719starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4720instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4721
d3b47e2b 4722@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4723@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4724@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4725The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4726allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4727are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4728aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4729@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4730directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4731
4732@cindex bundle-locked
4733For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4734appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4735instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4736and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4737instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4738sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4739@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4740entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4741boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4742first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4743aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4744bundle size.
4745
d416e51d
RM
4746For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4747inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4748nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4749@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4750matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4751same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4752
252b5132
RH
4753@node Byte
4754@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4755
4756@cindex @code{byte} directive
4757@cindex integers, one byte
4758@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4759Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4760
54cfded0 4761@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4762@section CFI directives
4763@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4764@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4765@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4766should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4767If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4768if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4769To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4770directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4771
2f0c68f2
CM
4772On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4773by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4774
bd5608dc
NC
4775Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4776which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4777
4778The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4779arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4780generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4781redefine it will result in an error.
4782
d3b47e2b 4783@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4784@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4785@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4786should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4787data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4788@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4789
01642c12 4790Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4791it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4792
d3b47e2b 4793@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4794@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4795@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4796unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4797@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4798
d3b47e2b 4799@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4800@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4801@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4802@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4803should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4804argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4805a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4806the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4807can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4808The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4809no personality routine.
4810
2f0c68f2
CM
4811@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4812@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4813@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4814defined in a compact unwinding format.
4815Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4816with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4817
4818@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4819@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4820@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4821used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4822@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4823in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4824Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4825with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4826
d3b47e2b 4827@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4828@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4829@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4830should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4831argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4832or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4833meaning that no LSDA is present.
4834
4835@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4836@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4837switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4838Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4839Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4840with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4841
4842The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4843so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4844referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4845in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4846by a section directive.
4847
4848The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4849The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4850@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4851
d3b47e2b 4852@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4853@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4854address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4855
d3b47e2b 4856@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4857@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4858now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4859remains the same.
4860
d3b47e2b 4861@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4862@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4863remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4864absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4865CFA address.
4866
d3b47e2b 4867@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4868Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4869value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4870
d3b47e2b 4871@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4872Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4873CFA.
54cfded0 4874
084303b8
AK
4875@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4876Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4877
d3b47e2b 4878@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4879Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4880the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4881using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4882This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4883code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4884
d3b47e2b 4885@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4886Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4887
d3b47e2b 4888@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4889@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4890same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4891instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4892
d3b47e2b 4893@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4894From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4895
d3b47e2b 4896@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4897Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4898i.e. no restoration needed.
4899
48eac74c
MG
4900@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4901@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4902implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4903places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4904multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4905flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4906the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4907
4908@smallexample
4909 je label
4910 popq %rbx
4911 .cfi_restore %rbx
4912 popq %r12
4913 .cfi_restore %r12
4914 popq %rbp
4915 .cfi_restore %rbp
4916 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4917 ret
4918label:
4919 /* Do something else */
4920@end smallexample
4921
4922Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4923to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4924@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4925locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4926@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4927we can write:
4928
4929@smallexample
4930 je label
4931 popq %rbx
4932 .cfi_remember_state
4933 .cfi_restore %rbx
4934 popq %r12
4935 .cfi_restore %r12
4936 popq %rbp
4937 .cfi_restore %rbp
4938 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4939 ret
4940label:
4941 .cfi_restore_state
4942 /* Do something else */
4943@end smallexample
4944
4945That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4946as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4947@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4948
d3b47e2b 4949@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4950Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4951directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4952
d3b47e2b 4953@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4954Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4955
d3b47e2b 4956@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4957SPARC register window has been saved.
4958
d3b47e2b 4959@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4960Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4961might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4962opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4963
d3b47e2b 4964@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4965The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4966will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4967description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4968
4969The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4970limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4971mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4972by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4973or another register.
4974
ccf8a69b
BW
4975@node Comm
4976@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4977
ccf8a69b
BW
4978@cindex @code{comm} directive
4979@cindex symbol, common
4980@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4981common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4982of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4983definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4984allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4985absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4986the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4987using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4988
c1711530
DK
4989@ifset COFF-ELF
4990When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4991an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4992specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4993that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4994as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4995boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4996power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4997common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4998alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4999largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
5000maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
5001is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
5002@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
5003multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
5004It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
5005(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 5006@end ifset
cd1fcb49 5007
ccf8a69b
BW
5008@ifset HPPA
5009The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5010@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5011@end ifset
07a53e5c 5012
252b5132
RH
5013@node Data
5014@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
252b5132 5015@cindex @code{data} directive
340d33e5 5016
a4fb0134 5017@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
5018end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
5019absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
5020to zero.
5021
340d33e5
NC
5022@node Dc
5023@section @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
5024@cindex @code{dc} directive
5025
46c685ac 5026The @code{.dc} directive expects zero or more @var{expressions} separated by
340d33e5
NC
5027commas. These expressions are evaluated and their values inserted into the
5028current section. The size of the emitted value depends upon the suffix to the
5029@code{.dc} directive:
5030
5031@table @code
5032@item @samp{.a}
5033Emits N-bit values, where N is the size of an address on the target system.
5034@item @samp{.b}
5035Emits 8-bit values.
5036@item @samp{.d}
5037Emits double precision floating-point values.
5038@item @samp{.l}
5039Emits 32-bit values.
5040@item @samp{.s}
5041Emits single precision floating-point values.
5042@item @samp{.w}
5043Emits 16-bit values.
5044Note - this is true even on targets where the @code{.word} directive would emit
504532-bit values.
5046@item @samp{.x}
5047Emits long double precision floating-point values.
5048@end table
5049
5050If no suffix is used then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5051
d7c79856
MR
5052The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5053point values.
340d33e5
NC
5054
5055@node Dcb
5056@section @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5057@cindex @code{dcb} directive
5058This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5059bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5060comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5061@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5062
5063@table @code
5064@item @samp{.b}
5065Emits single byte values.
5066@item @samp{.d}
5067Emits double-precision floating point values.
5068@item @samp{.l}
5069Emits 4-byte values.
5070@item @samp{.s}
5071Emits single-precision floating point values.
5072@item @samp{.w}
5073Emits 2-byte values.
5074@item @samp{.x}
5075Emits long double-precision floating point values.
5076@end table
5077
5078If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5079
5080The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5081point values.
5082
5083@node Ds
5084@section @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5085@cindex @code{ds} directive
5086This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5087bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5088comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5089@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5090
5091@table @code
5092@item @samp{.b}
5093Emits single byte values.
5094@item @samp{.d}
5095Emits 8-byte values.
5096@item @samp{.l}
5097Emits 4-byte values.
5098@item @samp{.p}
5099Emits 12-byte values.
5100@item @samp{.s}
5101Emits 4-byte values.
5102@item @samp{.w}
5103Emits 2-byte values.
5104@item @samp{.x}
5105Emits 12-byte values.
5106@end table
5107
5108Note - unlike the @code{.dcb} directive the @samp{.d}, @samp{.s} and @samp{.x}
d7c79856 5109suffixes do not indicate that floating-point values are to be inserted.
340d33e5
NC
5110
5111If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5112
d7c79856 5113The byte ordering is target dependent.
340d33e5
NC
5114
5115
252b5132
RH
5116@ifset COFF
5117@node Def
5118@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5119
5120@cindex @code{def} directive
5121@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5122@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5123Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5124definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
252b5132
RH
5125@end ifset
5126
a8eb42a8 5127@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5128@node Desc
5129@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5130
5131@cindex @code{desc} directive
5132@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5133@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5134This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5135to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5136
5137@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5138The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5139configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5140object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5141it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5142@end ifset
5143@end ifset
5144
5145@ifset COFF
5146@node Dim
5147@section @code{.dim}
5148
5149@cindex @code{dim} directive
5150@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5151@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5152This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5153information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5154@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
252b5132
RH
5155@end ifset
5156
5157@node Double
5158@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5159
5160@cindex @code{double} directive
5161@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5162@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5163assembles floating point numbers.
5164@ifset GENERIC
5165The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5166@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5167@end ifset
5168@ifclear GENERIC
5169@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5170On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5171in @sc{ieee} format.
5172@end ifset
5173@end ifclear
5174
5175@node Eject
5176@section @code{.eject}
5177
5178@cindex @code{eject} directive
5179@cindex new page, in listings
5180@cindex page, in listings
5181@cindex listing control: new page
5182Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5183
5184@node Else
5185@section @code{.else}
5186
5187@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5188@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5189assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5190of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5191was false.
5192
3fd9f047
TW
5193@node Elseif
5194@section @code{.elseif}
5195
5196@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5197@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5198assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5199@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5200
252b5132
RH
5201@node End
5202@section @code{.end}
5203
5204@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5205@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5206process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5207
5208@ifset COFF
5209@node Endef
5210@section @code{.endef}
5211
5212@cindex @code{endef} directive
5213This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5214@code{.def}.
252b5132
RH
5215@end ifset
5216
5217@node Endfunc
5218@section @code{.endfunc}
5219@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5220@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5221
5222@node Endif
5223@section @code{.endif}
5224
5225@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5226@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5227it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5228conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5229
5230@node Equ
5231@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5232
5233@cindex @code{equ} directive
5234@cindex assigning values to symbols
5235@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5236This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5237It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5238
5239@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5240The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5241@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5242@end ifset
5243
3c9b82ba 5244@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5245The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5246@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5247On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5248but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5249Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5250@end ifset
5251
252b5132
RH
5252@node Equiv
5253@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5254@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5255The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5256the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5257symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5258undefined.
252b5132 5259
01642c12 5260Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5261@smallexample
5262.ifdef SYM
5263.err
5264.endif
5265.equ SYM,VAL
5266@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5267plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5268
5269@node Eqv
5270@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5271@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5272The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5273evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5274the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5275value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5276
5277@node Err
5278@section @code{.err}
5279@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5280If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5281message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5282object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5283
d190d046
HPN
5284@node Error
5285@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5286@cindex error directive
5287
5288Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5289string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5290message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5291@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5292
5293@smallexample
5294 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5295@end smallexample
5296
252b5132
RH
5297@node Exitm
5298@section @code{.exitm}
5299Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5300
5301@node Extern
5302@section @code{.extern}
5303
5304@cindex @code{extern} directive
5305@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5306with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5307all undefined symbols as external.
5308
5309@node Fail
5310@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5311
5312@cindex @code{fail} directive
5313Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5314or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5315than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5316include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5317complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5318
252b5132 5319@node File
14082c76 5320@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5321@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5322
5323@ifclear no-file-dir
5324There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5325that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5326@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5327
5328@subheading Default Version
5329
252b5132
RH
5330@cindex logical file name
5331@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5332This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5333are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5334
5335@smallexample
5336.file @var{string}
5337@end smallexample
5338
5339@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5340recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5341to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5342statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5343old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5344
5345@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5346@end ifclear
5347
14082c76
BW
5348When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5349to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5350
5351@smallexample
5352.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5353@end smallexample
5354
5355The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5356index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5357literal.
5358
5359The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5360table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5361information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5362entries will have.
5363
252b5132
RH
5364@node Fill
5365@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5366
5367@cindex @code{fill} directive
5368@cindex writing patterns in memory
5369@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5370@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5371This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5372may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5373more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5374other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5375is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5376zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5377byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5378Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5379@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5380compatible with other people's assemblers.
5381
5382@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5383If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5384assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5385@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5386
5387@node Float
5388@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5389
5390@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5391@cindex @code{float} directive
5392This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5393has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5394@ifset GENERIC
5395The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5396@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5397@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5398@end ifset
5399@ifclear GENERIC
5400@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5401On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5402in @sc{ieee} format.
5403@end ifset
5404@end ifclear
5405
5406@node Func
5407@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5408@cindex @code{func} directive
5409@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5410is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5411Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5412@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5413prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5414@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5415All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5416The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5417
5418@node Global
5419@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5420
5421@cindex @code{global} directive
5422@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5423@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5424@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5425other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5426@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5427from another file linked into the same program.
5428
5429Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5430compatibility with other assemblers.
5431
5432@ifset HPPA
5433On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5434partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5435@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5436@end ifset
5437
c91d2e08 5438@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5439@node Gnu_attribute
5440@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5441Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5442
c91d2e08
NC
5443@node Hidden
5444@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5445
c1253627
NC
5446@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5447@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5448This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5449@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5450@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5451
5452This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5453their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5454@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5455Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5456@end ifset
5457
252b5132
RH
5458@node hword
5459@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5460
5461@cindex @code{hword} directive
5462@cindex integers, 16-bit
5463@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5464@cindex sixteen bit integers
5465This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5466a 16 bit number for each.
5467
5468@ifset GENERIC
5469This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5470architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5471@end ifset
5472@ifclear GENERIC
5473@ifset W32
5474This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5475@end ifset
5476@ifset W16
5477This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5478@end ifset
5479@end ifclear
5480
5481@node Ident
5482@section @code{.ident}
5483
5484@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5485
5486This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5487behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5488a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5489source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5490for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5491@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5492emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5493
5494@node If
5495@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5496
5497@cindex conditional assembly
5498@cindex @code{if} directive
5499@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5500considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5501(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5502the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5503(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5504alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5505If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5506nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5507
5508The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5509@table @code
5510@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5511@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5512Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5513has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5514is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5515
26aca5f6
JB
5516@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5517@item .ifb @var{text}
5518Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5519
252b5132
RH
5520@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5521@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5522Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5523strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5524the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5525end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5526string comparison is case sensitive.
5527
5528@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5529@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5530Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5531
5532@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5533@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5534Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5535
5536@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5537@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5538Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5539equal to zero.
5540
5541@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5542@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5543Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5544
5545@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5546@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5547Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5548to zero.
5549
5550@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5551@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5552Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5553
26aca5f6
JB
5554@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5555@item .ifnb @var{text}
5556Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5557following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5558
252b5132
RH
5559@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5560@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5561Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5562following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5563
5564@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5565@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5566@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5567@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5568Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5569has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5570which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5571
5572@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5573@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5574Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5575(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5576
5577@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5578@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5579Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5580following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5581@end table
5582
7e005732
NC
5583@node Incbin
5584@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5585
5586@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5587@cindex binary files, including
5588The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5589location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5590option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5591around @var{file}.
5592
5593The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5594@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5595read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5596responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5597after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5598
252b5132
RH
5599@node Include
5600@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5601
5602@cindex @code{include} directive
5603@cindex supporting files, including
5604@cindex files, including
5605This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5606points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5607if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5608included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5609can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5610(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5611around @var{file}.
5612
5613@node Int
5614@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5615
5616@cindex @code{int} directive
5617@cindex integers, 32-bit
5618Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5619For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5620expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5621of target the assembly is for.
5622
5623@ifclear GENERIC
5624@ifset H8
7be1c489 5625On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5626integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
562732-bit integers.
5628@end ifset
5629@end ifclear
5630
c91d2e08
NC
5631@ifset ELF
5632@node Internal
5633@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5634
c1253627
NC
5635@cindex @code{internal} directive
5636@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5637This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5638@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5639@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5640
5641This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5642their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5643@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5644(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5645processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5646@end ifset
5647
252b5132
RH
5648@node Irp
5649@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5650
5651@cindex @code{irp} directive
5652Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5653The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5654terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5655set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5656@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5657@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5658sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5659
5660For example, assembling
5661
5662@example
5663 .irp param,1,2,3
5664 move d\param,sp@@-
5665 .endr
5666@end example
5667
5668is equivalent to assembling
5669
5670@example
5671 move d1,sp@@-
5672 move d2,sp@@-
5673 move d3,sp@@-
5674@end example
5675
96e9638b 5676For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5677
252b5132
RH
5678@node Irpc
5679@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5680
5681@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5682Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5683The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5684terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5685@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5686assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5687assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5688@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5689
5690For example, assembling
5691
5692@example
5693 .irpc param,123
5694 move d\param,sp@@-
5695 .endr
5696@end example
5697
5698is equivalent to assembling
5699
5700@example
5701 move d1,sp@@-
5702 move d2,sp@@-
5703 move d3,sp@@-
5704@end example
5705
5e75c3ab
JB
5706For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5707at @xref{Macro}.
5708
252b5132
RH
5709@node Lcomm
5710@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5711
5712@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5713@cindex local common symbols
5714@cindex symbols, local common
5715Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5716denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5717those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5718section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5719is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5720not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5721
5722@ifset GENERIC
5723Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5724argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5725@end ifset
5726
5727@ifset HPPA
5728The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5729@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5730@end ifset
5731
5732@node Lflags
5733@section @code{.lflags}
5734
5735@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5736@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5737assemblers, but ignores it.
5738
5739@ifclear no-line-dir
5740@node Line
5741@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5742
5743@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132 5744@cindex logical line number
a8eb42a8 5745@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5746Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5747expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5748statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5749reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5750@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5751for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5752@end ifset
5753
252b5132 5754Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5755@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5756when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5757were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5758@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5759
5760Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5761used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5762debugging.
5763@end ifclear
5764
5765@node Linkonce
5766@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5767@cindex COMDAT
5768@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5769@cindex common sections
5770Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5771This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5772but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5773The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5774Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5775unique.
5776
5777This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5778writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5779Executable format used on Windows NT.
5780
5781The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5782following strings. For example:
5783@smallexample
5784.linkonce same_size
5785@end smallexample
5786Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5787
5788@table @code
5789@item discard
5790Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5791
5792@item one_only
5793Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5794
5795@item same_size
5796Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5797
5798@item same_contents
5799Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5800@end table
5801
ccf8a69b
BW
5802@node List
5803@section @code{.list}
5804
5805@cindex @code{list} directive
5806@cindex listing control, turning on
5807Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5808not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5809internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5810counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5811generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5812
5813By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
a05a5b64 5814@samp{-a} command-line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
ccf8a69b
BW
5815the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5816
252b5132
RH
5817@node Ln
5818@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5819
5820@cindex @code{ln} directive
5821@ifclear no-line-dir
5822@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5823@end ifclear
5824@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5825Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5826must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5827line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5828statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5829line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
252b5132
RH
5830@end ifset
5831
ccf8a69b
BW
5832@node Loc
5833@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5834@cindex @code{loc} directive
5835When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5836the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5837number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5838instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5839arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5840the row is added.
252b5132 5841
ccf8a69b
BW
5842The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5843
5844@table @code
5845@item basic_block
5846This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5847@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5848
5849@item prologue_end
5850This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5851@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5852
5853@item epilogue_begin
5854This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5855@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5856
5857@item is_stmt @var{value}
5858This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5859@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5860either 0 or 1.
5861
5862@item isa @var{value}
5863This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5864state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5865
92846e72
CC
5866@item discriminator @var{value}
5867This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5868state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5869
ba8826a8
AO
5870@item view @var{value}
5871This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the
5872current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly
5873instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the
5874@code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the
5875@code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc}
5876directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal
5877@code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts
5878that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program
5879location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for
5880the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior
5881@code{.loc} directives at the same program location.
5882
ccf8a69b
BW
5883@end table
5884
5885@node Loc_mark_labels
5886@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5887@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5888When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5889the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5890to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5891register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5892The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5893this function respectively.
252b5132 5894
4d4175af
BW
5895@ifset ELF
5896@node Local
5897@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5898
5899@cindex @code{local} directive
5900This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5901the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5902will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5903they will be created.
5904
5905For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5906accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5907the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5908(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5909@end ifset
5910
252b5132
RH
5911@node Long
5912@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5913
5914@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5915@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5916
5917@ignore
5918@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5919@c what it really ought to do
5920@node Lsym
5921@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5922
5923@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5924@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5925@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5926the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5927rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5928the same as the expression value:
5929@smallexample
5930@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5931@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5932@var{value} = @var{expression}
5933@end smallexample
5934@noindent
5935The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5936@end ignore
5937
5938@node Macro
5939@section @code{.macro}
5940
5941@cindex macros
5942The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5943generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5944@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5945
5946@example
5947 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5948 .long \from
5949 .if \to-\from
5950 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5951 .endif
5952 .endm
5953@end example
5954
5955@noindent
5956With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5957
5958@example
5959 .long 0
5960 .long 1
5961 .long 2
5962 .long 3
5963 .long 4
5964 .long 5
5965@end example
5966
5967@ftable @code
5968@item .macro @var{macname}
5969@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5970@cindex @code{macro} directive
5971Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5972definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5973separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5974indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5975@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5976(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5977macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5978cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5979subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5980definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5981
5982@table @code
5983@item .macro comm
5984Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5985arguments.
5986
6258339f 5987@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5988@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5989Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5990which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5991@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5992
5993@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5994Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5995arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5996After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5997@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5998@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5999,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
6000@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 6001
6eaeac8a
JB
6002@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
6003Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
6004arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
6005not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
6006will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
6007
252b5132
RH
6008When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
6009position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
6010@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
6011
6258339f
NC
6012@end table
6013
5e75c3ab
JB
6014Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
6015as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
6016occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 6017characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 6018(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 6019architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
6020character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
6021replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
6022construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
6023identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
6024this macro definition:
6025
6026@example
6027 .macro label l
6028\l:
6029 .endm
6030@end example
6031
6032might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
6033called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
6034assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
6035identifier.
6036
6037Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
6038which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
6039for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
6040length specifier like this:
6041
6042@example
6043 .macro opcode base length
6044 \base.\length
6045 .endm
6046@end example
6047
6048and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
6049instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
6050interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
6051
6052There are several possible ways around this problem:
6053
6054@table @code
6055@item Insert white space
6056If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
6057solution. eg:
6058
6059@example
6060 .macro label l
6061\l :
6062 .endm
6063@end example
6064
6065@item Use @samp{\()}
6066The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
6067the following text. eg:
6068
6069@example
6070 .macro opcode base length
6071 \base\().\length
6072 .endm
6073@end example
6074
6075@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
6076In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
6077used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
6078
6079@example
6080 .altmacro
6081 .macro label l
6082l&:
6083 .endm
6084@end example
6258339f 6085@end table
5e75c3ab 6086
96e9638b 6087Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 6088also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 6089and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 6090
252b5132
RH
6091@item .endm
6092@cindex @code{endm} directive
6093Mark the end of a macro definition.
6094
6095@item .exitm
6096@cindex @code{exitm} directive
6097Exit early from the current macro definition.
6098
6099@cindex number of macros executed
6100@cindex macros, count executed
6101@item \@@
a4fb0134 6102@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6103executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6104output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6105
252b5132
RH
6106@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6107@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6108macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6109@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6110@end ftable
252b5132 6111
ccf8a69b
BW
6112@node MRI
6113@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6114
ccf8a69b
BW
6115@cindex @code{mri} directive
6116@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6117If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6118@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6119affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6120of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6121
caa32fe5
NC
6122@node Noaltmacro
6123@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6124Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6125
252b5132
RH
6126@node Nolist
6127@section @code{.nolist}
6128
6129@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6130@cindex listing control, turning off
6131Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6132not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6133internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6134counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6135generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6136
8f065d3b
L
6137@node Nops
6138@section @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
62a02d25 6139
8f065d3b 6140@cindex @code{nops} directive
62a02d25
L
6141@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
6142This directive emits @var{size} bytes filled with no-op instructions.
6143@var{size} is absolute expression, which must be a positve value.
6144@var{control} controls how no-op instructions should be generated. If
6145the comma and @var{control} are omitted, @var{control} is assumed to be
6146zero.
6147
6148Note: For Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 targets, @var{control} specifies
6149the size limit of a no-op instruction. The valid values of @var{control}
3ae729d5
L
6150are between 0 and 4 in 16-bit mode, between 0 and 7 when tuning for
6151older processors in 32-bit mode, between 0 and 11 in 64-bit mode or when
6152tuning for newer processors in 32-bit mode. When 0 is used, the no-op
6153instruction size limit is set to the maximum supported size.
62a02d25 6154
252b5132
RH
6155@node Octa
6156@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6157
a8eb42a8 6158@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on some? Or warn?
252b5132
RH
6159@cindex @code{octa} directive
6160@cindex integer, 16-byte
6161@cindex sixteen byte integer
6162This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6163bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6164
6165The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6166hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6167
9aec2026
NC
6168@node Offset
6169@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6170
6171@cindex @code{offset} directive
6172Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6173be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6174symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6175directive.
9aec2026 6176
252b5132
RH
6177@node Org
6178@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6179
6180@cindex @code{org} directive
6181@cindex location counter, advancing
6182@cindex advancing location counter
6183@cindex current address, advancing
6184Advance the location counter of the current section to
6185@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6186expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6187you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6188wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6189with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6190@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6191is the same as the current subsection.
6192
6193@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6194unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6195backwards.
6196
6197@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6198@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6199@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6200Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6201may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6202a chance to share your improved assembler.
6203
6204Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6205to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6206people's assemblers.
6207
6208When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6209intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6210absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6211@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6212
6213@node P2align
915808f6 6214@section @code{.p2align[wl] [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
6215
6216@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6217@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6218Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6219storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6220number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6221advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 6222counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
915808f6
NC
6223multiple of 8, no change is needed. If the expression is omitted then a
6224default value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
6225
6226The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6227padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 6228padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
6229marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6230with no-op instructions.
6231
6232The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6233it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6234directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6235specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6236fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6237required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6238with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6239
6240@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6241@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6242The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6243@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6244pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6245fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
62462,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6247filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6248the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6249undefined.
6250
ccf8a69b
BW
6251@ifset ELF
6252@node PopSection
6253@section @code{.popsection}
6254
6255@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6256@cindex Section Stack
6257This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6258@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6259@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6260(@pxref{Previous}).
6261
6262This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6263section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6264stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6265@end ifset
6266
c91d2e08
NC
6267@ifset ELF
6268@node Previous
6269@section @code{.previous}
6270
c1253627 6271@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6272@cindex Section Stack
6273This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6274@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6275@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6276(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6277
6278This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6279referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6280@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6281subsections). For example:
6282
6283@smallexample
6284.section A
6285 .subsection 1
6286 .word 0x1234
6287 .subsection 2
6288 .word 0x5678
6289.previous
6290 .word 0x9abc
6291@end smallexample
6292
6293Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6294section A. Whilst:
6295
6296@smallexample
6297.section A
6298.subsection 1
6299 # Now in section A subsection 1
6300 .word 0x1234
6301.section B
6302.subsection 0
6303 # Now in section B subsection 0
6304 .word 0x5678
6305.subsection 1
6306 # Now in section B subsection 1
6307 .word 0x9abc
6308.previous
6309 # Now in section B subsection 0
6310 .word 0xdef0
6311@end smallexample
6312
6313Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6314section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6315
6316In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6317the top section on the section stack.
6318@end ifset
6319
252b5132
RH
6320@node Print
6321@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6322
6323@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6324@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6325assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6326
c91d2e08
NC
6327@ifset ELF
6328@node Protected
6329@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6330
c1253627
NC
6331@cindex @code{protected} directive
6332@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6333This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6334@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6335
6336This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6337their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6338@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6339components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6340component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6341this.
c91d2e08
NC
6342@end ifset
6343
252b5132
RH
6344@node Psize
6345@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6346
6347@cindex @code{psize} directive
6348@cindex listing control: paper size
6349@cindex paper size, for listings
6350Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6351number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6352
6353If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6354of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6355default width is 200 columns.
6356
a4fb0134 6357@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6358lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6359@code{.eject}).
6360
6361If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6362those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6363
6364@node Purgem
6365@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6366
6367@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6368Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6369expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6370
c91d2e08
NC
6371@ifset ELF
6372@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6373@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6374
c1253627 6375@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6376@cindex Section Stack
6377This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6378@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6379@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6380(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6381
e9863d7f
DJ
6382This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6383top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6384subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6385@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6386as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6387@end ifset
6388
252b5132
RH
6389@node Quad
6390@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6391
6392@cindex @code{quad} directive
6393@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6394each bignum, it emits
6395@ifclear bignum-16
6396an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6397warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6398@cindex eight-byte integer
6399@cindex integer, 8-byte
6400
6401The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6402hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6403@end ifclear
6404@ifset bignum-16
6405a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6406warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6407@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6408@cindex integer, 16-byte
6409@end ifset
6410
05e9452c
AM
6411@node Reloc
6412@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6413
6414@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6415Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6416@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6417the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6418symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6419@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6420absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6421targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6422relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6423section.
6424
252b5132
RH
6425@node Rept
6426@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6427
6428@cindex @code{rept} directive
6429Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6430@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6431
6432For example, assembling
6433
6434@example
6435 .rept 3
6436 .long 0
6437 .endr
6438@end example
6439
6440is equivalent to assembling
6441
6442@example
6443 .long 0
6444 .long 0
6445 .long 0
6446@end example
6447
808811a3
NC
6448A count of zero is allowed, but nothing is generated. Negative counts are not
6449allowed and if encountered will be treated as if they were zero.
6450
252b5132
RH
6451@node Sbttl
6452@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6453
6454@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6455@cindex subtitles for listings
6456@cindex listing control: subtitle
6457Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6458title line) when generating assembly listings.
6459
6460This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6461it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6462
6463@ifset COFF
6464@node Scl
6465@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6466
6467@cindex @code{scl} directive
6468@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6469@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6470Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6471used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6472whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6473symbolic debugging information.
252b5132
RH
6474@end ifset
6475
c1253627 6476@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6477@node Section
c1253627 6478@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6479
252b5132
RH
6480@cindex named section
6481Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6482named @var{name}.
6483
6484This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6485named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6486with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6487
c1253627
NC
6488@ifset COFF
6489@ifset ELF
6490@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6491@subheading COFF Version
6492@end ifset
6493
6494@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6495For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6496ways:
c91d2e08 6497
252b5132
RH
6498@smallexample
6499.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6500.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6501@end smallexample
6502
6503If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6504section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6505
252b5132
RH
6506@table @code
6507@item b
6508bss section (uninitialized data)
6509@item n
6510section is not loaded
6511@item w
6512writable section
6513@item d
6514data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6515@item e
6516exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6517@item r
6518read-only section
6519@item x
6520executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6521@item s
6522shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6523@item a
6524ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6525@item y
6526section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6527@item 0-9
6528single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6529@end table
6530
6531If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6532the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6533loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6534from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6535will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6536
6537If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6538taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6539@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6540
6541@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6542@ifset COFF
6543@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6544@subheading ELF Version
6545@end ifset
6546
c91d2e08
NC
6547@cindex Section Stack
6548This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6549@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6550(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6551@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6552
c1253627 6553@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6554For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6555
252b5132 6556@smallexample
7047dd1e 6557.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6558@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6559
451133ce
NP
6560@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6561@kindex --sectname-subst
6562@cindex section name substitution
6563If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6564argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6565at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6566
6567@smallexample
6568.macro exception_code
6569.section %S.exception
6570[exception code here]
6571.previous
6572.endm
6573
6574.text
6575[code]
6576exception_code
6577[...]
6578
6579.section .init
6580[init code]
6581exception_code
6582[...]
6583@end smallexample
6584
6585The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6586@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6587This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6588tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6589need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6590macros just for that purpose.
6591
252b5132 6592The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6593combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6594
252b5132
RH
6595@table @code
6596@item a
6597section is allocatable
a91e1603
L
6598@item d
6599section is a GNU_MBIND section
18ae9cc1
L
6600@item e
6601section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6602@item w
6603section is writable
6604@item x
6605section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6606@item M
6607section is mergeable
6608@item S
6609section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6610@item G
6611section is a member of a section group
6612@item T
6613section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6614@item ?
6615section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6616@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6617a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6618field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6619also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6620resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6621@item @code{<target specific>}
6622some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6623@end table
6624
9fb71ee4
NC
6625Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6626a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6627flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6628@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6629(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6630section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6631
252b5132 6632The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6633
252b5132
RH
6634@table @code
6635@item @@progbits
6636section contains data
6637@item @@nobits
6638section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6639@item @@note
6640section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6641@item @@init_array
6642section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6643@item @@fini_array
6644section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6645@item @@preinit_array
6646section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6647@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6648a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6649@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6650some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6651@end table
6652
9fb71ee4
NC
6653Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6654enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6655
ececec60
NC
6656Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6657ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6658@code{%} character.
6659
9fb71ee4
NC
6660Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6661special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6662type will generate an error from the assembler.
6663
22fe14ad 6664If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6665be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6666
6667@smallexample
6668.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6669@end smallexample
6670
6671Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6672constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6673@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6674@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6675the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6676absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6677which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6678@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6679@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6680
6681If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6682be present along with an additional field like this:
6683
6684@smallexample
6685.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6686@end smallexample
6687
6688The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6689particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6690
22fe14ad
NC
6691@table @code
6692@item comdat
6693indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6694@item .gnu.linkonce
6695an alias for comdat
6696@end table
6697
96e9638b 6698Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6699the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6700
6701@smallexample
6702.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6703@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6704
01642c12
RM
6705If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6706@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6707present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6708this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6709@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6710If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6711
252b5132
RH
6712If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6713the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6714none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6715executable. The section will contain data.
6716
6717For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6718directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6719
252b5132
RH
6720@smallexample
6721.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6722@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6723
252b5132
RH
6724Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6725separated flags:
eda683bb 6726
252b5132
RH
6727@table @code
6728@item #alloc
6729section is allocatable
6730@item #write
6731section is writable
6732@item #execinstr
6733section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6734@item #exclude
6735section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6736@item #tls
6737section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6738@end table
c91d2e08 6739
e9863d7f
DJ
6740This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6741contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6742some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6743work.
c1253627
NC
6744@end ifset
6745@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6746
6747@node Set
6748@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6749
6750@cindex @code{set} directive
6751@cindex symbol value, setting
6752Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6753changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6754@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6755flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6756
5d239759
NC
6757You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6758values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6759involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6760being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6761addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6762final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6763the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6764different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6765
6766If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6767file is the last value stored into it.
6768
3c9b82ba 6769@ifset Z80
6655dba2 6770On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use @code{.set} or
3c9b82ba
NC
6771@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6772@end ifset
6773
252b5132
RH
6774@node Short
6775@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6776
6777@cindex @code{short} directive
6778@ifset GENERIC
6779@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6780@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6781
6782In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6783numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6784@end ifset
6785@ifclear GENERIC
6786@ifset W16
6787@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6788@end ifset
6789@ifset W32
6790This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6791a 16 bit number for each.
6792@end ifset
6793@end ifclear
6794
6795@node Single
6796@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6797
6798@cindex @code{single} directive
6799@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6800This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6801has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6802@ifset GENERIC
6803The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6804@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6805@end ifset
6806@ifclear GENERIC
6807@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6808On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6809numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6810@end ifset
6811@end ifclear
6812
c1253627 6813@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6814@node Size
c1253627 6815@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6816
c1253627
NC
6817This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6818
6819@ifset COFF
6820@ifset ELF
6821@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6822@subheading COFF Version
6823@end ifset
6824
6825@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6826For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6827@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6828
6829@smallexample
6830.size @var{expression}
6831@end smallexample
252b5132 6832
c1253627 6833@end ifset
c91d2e08 6834
c1253627
NC
6835@ifset ELF
6836@ifset COFF
6837@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6838@subheading ELF Version
6839@end ifset
6840
6841@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6842For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6843
c1253627
NC
6844@smallexample
6845.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6846@end smallexample
6847
6848This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6849The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6850arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6851symbols.
c1253627
NC
6852@end ifset
6853@end ifset
252b5132 6854
252b5132
RH
6855@ifclear no-space-dir
6856@node Skip
340d33e5 6857@section @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6858
6859@cindex @code{skip} directive
6860@cindex filling memory
6861This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6862@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6863@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6864@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6865@end ifclear
252b5132 6866
ccf8a69b
BW
6867@node Sleb128
6868@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6869
6870@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6871@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6872compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6873symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6874
884f0d36 6875@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 6876@node Space
340d33e5 6877@section @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6878
6879@cindex @code{space} directive
6880@cindex filling memory
6881This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6882@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6883and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6884as @samp{.skip}.
6885
6886@ifset HPPA
6887@quotation
6888@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6889targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6890Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6891@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6892for a summary.
6893@end quotation
6894@end ifset
6895@end ifclear
6896
252b5132
RH
6897@ifset have-stabs
6898@node Stab
6899@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6900
6901@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6902@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6903There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6904All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6905The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6906cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6907Up to five fields are required:
6908
6909@table @var
6910@item string
6911This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6912@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6913debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6914using this field.
6915
6916@item type
6917An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6918this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6919and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6920
6921@item other
6922An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6923low 8 bits of this expression.
6924
6925@item desc
6926An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6927bits of this expression.
6928
6929@item value
6930An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6931@end table
6932
6933If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6934or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6935you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6936compatible with earlier assemblers!
6937
6938@table @code
6939@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6940@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6941
6942The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6943It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6944null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6945strings.
6946
6947The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6948relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6949is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6950assembled.
6951
6952@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6953@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6954The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6955
6956@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6957@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6958All five fields are specified.
6959@end table
6960@end ifset
6961@c end have-stabs
6962
6963@node String
38a57ae7 6964@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6965"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6966
6967@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6968@cindex string8, copying to object file
6969@cindex string16, copying to object file
6970@cindex string32, copying to object file
6971@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6972@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6973@cindex @code{string8} directive
6974@cindex @code{string16} directive
6975@cindex @code{string32} directive
6976@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6977
6978Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6979one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6980particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6981You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6982
01642c12 6983The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6984the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6985copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6986are stored in target endianness byte order.
6987
6988Example:
6989@smallexample
6990 .string32 "BYE"
6991expands to:
6992 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6993 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6994@end smallexample
6995
6996
252b5132
RH
6997@node Struct
6998@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6999
7000@cindex @code{struct} directive
7001Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
7002which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
7003@smallexample
7004 .struct 0
7005field1:
7006 .struct field1 + 4
7007field2:
7008 .struct field2 + 4
7009field3:
7010@end smallexample
7011This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
7012@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
7013value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
7014use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
7015before further assembly.
7016
c91d2e08
NC
7017@ifset ELF
7018@node SubSection
7019@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
7020
c1253627 7021@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7022@cindex Section Stack
7023This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
7024@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
7025@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 7026(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
7027
7028This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
7029section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
7030in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
7031@end ifset
7032
252b5132
RH
7033@ifset ELF
7034@node Symver
7035@section @code{.symver}
7036@cindex @code{symver} directive
7037@cindex symbol versioning
7038@cindex versions of symbols
7039Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
7040within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
7041typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
7042There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
7043into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
7044shared library.
7045
79082ff0 7046For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
7047@smallexample
7048.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
7049@end smallexample
339681c0 7050If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 7051being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
7052alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
7053just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
7054permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
7055of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
7056itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
7057have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
7058file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
7059function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
7060the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
7061building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
7062symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
7063nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
7064
7065If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
7066references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
7067reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
7068symbol table.
79082ff0
L
7069
7070Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7071@smallexample
7072.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
7073@end smallexample
7074In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 7075the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
7076difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
7077references to @var{name2} by the linker.
7078
7079The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7080@smallexample
7081.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
7082@end smallexample
7083When @var{name} is not defined within the
7084file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
7085@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
7086name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
7087@end ifset
7088
7089@ifset COFF
7090@node Tag
7091@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
7092
7093@cindex COFF structure debugging
7094@cindex structure debugging, COFF
7095@cindex @code{tag} directive
7096This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
7097information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
7098@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
7099definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
252b5132
RH
7100@end ifset
7101
7102@node Text
7103@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
7104
7105@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7106Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7107the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7108expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7109is used.
7110
7111@node Title
7112@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7113
7114@cindex @code{title} directive
7115@cindex listing control: title line
7116Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7117source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7118
7119This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7120it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7121
c1253627 7122@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7123@node Type
c1253627
NC
7124@section @code{.type}
7125
7126This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7127
7128@ifset COFF
7129@ifset ELF
7130@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7131@subheading COFF Version
7132@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7133
7134@cindex COFF symbol type
7135@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7136@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7137For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7138@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7139
7140@smallexample
7141.type @var{int}
7142@end smallexample
7143
7144This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7145entry.
252b5132 7146
c1253627 7147@end ifset
c91d2e08 7148
c1253627
NC
7149@ifset ELF
7150@ifset COFF
7151@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7152@subheading ELF Version
7153@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7154
7155@cindex ELF symbol type
7156@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7157@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7158For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7159
7160@smallexample
7161.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7162@end smallexample
7163
7164This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7165function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7166supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7167compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7168
7169Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7170@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7171below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7172the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7173maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7174assemblers.
7175
7176The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7177
7178@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7179 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7180 .type <name>,#<type>
7181 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7182 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7183 .type <name>,"<type>"
7184@end smallexample
7185
7186The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7187
5671778d
NC
7188@table @gcctabopt
7189@item STT_FUNC
7190@itemx function
7191Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7192
d8045f23
NC
7193@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7194@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7195Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7196processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7197
5671778d
NC
7198@item STT_OBJECT
7199@itemx object
7200Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7201
7202@item STT_TLS
7203@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7204Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7205
7206@item STT_COMMON
7207@itemx common
7208Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7209
7210@item STT_NOTYPE
7211@itemx notype
7212Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7213
3e7a7d11
NC
7214@item gnu_unique_object
7215Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7216will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7217name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7218systems).
3e7a7d11 7219
5671778d
NC
7220@end table
7221
f2d4ba38
JB
7222Changing between incompatible types other than from/to STT_NOTYPE will
7223result in a diagnostic. An intermediate change to STT_NOTYPE will silence
7224this.
7225
5671778d 7226Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7227
c1253627
NC
7228@end ifset
7229@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7230
7231@node Uleb128
7232@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7233
7234@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7235@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7236compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7237symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7238
7239@ifset COFF
7240@node Val
7241@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7242
7243@cindex @code{val} directive
7244@cindex COFF value attribute
7245@cindex value attribute, COFF
7246This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7247records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7248entry.
252b5132
RH
7249@end ifset
7250
2e13b764 7251@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7252@node Version
7253@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7254
c1253627 7255@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7256This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7257formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7258@end ifset
2e13b764 7259
c91d2e08
NC
7260@ifset ELF
7261@node VTableEntry
7262@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7263
653cfe85 7264@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7265This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7266@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7267
c91d2e08
NC
7268@node VTableInherit
7269@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7270
653cfe85 7271@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7272This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7273@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7274parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7275parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7276@end ifset
2e13b764 7277
d190d046
HPN
7278@node Warning
7279@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7280@cindex warning directive
7281Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7282(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7283
c91d2e08
NC
7284@node Weak
7285@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7286
c1253627 7287@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7288This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7289@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7290
01642c12 7291On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7292directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7293@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7294
977cdf5a 7295On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7296When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7297alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7298
06e77878
AO
7299@node Weakref
7300@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7301
7302@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7303This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7304be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7305If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7306will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7307symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7308
7309The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7310assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7311symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7312resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7313had the references to the alias removed.
7314
7315The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7316within the assembler.
7317
252b5132
RH
7318@node Word
7319@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7320
7321@cindex @code{word} directive
7322This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7323separated by commas.
7324@ifclear GENERIC
7325@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7326For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7327@end ifset
7328@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7329For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7330@end ifset
7331@end ifclear
7332@ifset GENERIC
7333
7334The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7335depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7336@end ifset
7337
a8eb42a8 7338@c on sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
252b5132
RH
7339@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7340@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7341@cindex difference tables altered
7342@cindex altered difference tables
7343@quotation
7344@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7345@end quotation
7346
7347@ifset GENERIC
7348Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7349addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7350interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7351@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7352
7353@end ifset
7354In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7355@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7356Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7357compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7358directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7359@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7360creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7361This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7362first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7363of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7364table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7365contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7366@code{sym2}.
7367
7368If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7369secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7370@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7371long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7372and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7373minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7374entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7375
7376@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7377@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7378@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7379assembly language programmers.
7380@end ifset
7381@end ifset
7382@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7383
7ce98c16
NC
7384@ifclear no-space-dir
7385@node Zero
7386@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7387
7388@cindex @code{zero} directive
7389@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7390This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7391expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
900e33b9 7392so it can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7ce98c16
NC
7393instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7394@end ifclear
7395
2b841ec2
AM
7396@ifset ELF
7397@node 2byte
ea86f534 7398@section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7399@cindex @code{2byte} directive
7400@cindex two-byte integer
7401@cindex integer, 2-byte
2b841ec2 7402
e406e428
NC
7403This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there
7404are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression
7405is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output
7406section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit
7407in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two
7408bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated
7409at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the
7410value at link time.
7411
7412This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the
7413values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be
7414different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment.
7415
8b1e5da1 7416This directive is only available for ELF targets,
2b841ec2
AM
7417
7418@node 4byte
ea86f534 7419@section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7420@cindex @code{4byte} directive
7421@cindex four-byte integer
7422@cindex integer, 4-byte
2b841ec2 7423
e406e428
NC
7424Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte
7425long values into the output.
2b841ec2
AM
7426
7427@node 8byte
ea86f534 7428@section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7429@cindex @code{8byte} directive
7430@cindex eight-byte integer
7431@cindex integer, 8-byte
2b841ec2 7432
e21126b7 7433Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight
e406e428
NC
7434byte long bignum values into the output.
7435
2b841ec2
AM
7436@end ifset
7437
252b5132
RH
7438@node Deprecated
7439@section Deprecated Directives
7440
7441@cindex deprecated directives
7442@cindex obsolescent directives
7443One day these directives won't work.
7444They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7445@table @t
7446@item .abort
7447@item .line
7448@end table
7449
3a99f02f
DJ
7450@ifset ELF
7451@node Object Attributes
7452@chapter Object Attributes
7453@cindex object attributes
7454
7455@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7456into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7457Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7458point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7459requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7460passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7461hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7462generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7463newer generation at run-time.
7464
7465This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7466@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7467time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7468correctly.
7469
7470Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7471attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7472string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7473and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7474or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7475attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7476
7477Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7478The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7479
7480@menu
7481* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7482* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7483@end menu
7484
7485@node GNU Object Attributes
7486@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7487
7488The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7489with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7490
7491Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7492its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7493an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
74942} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7495architecture-dependent ones.
7496
7497@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7498
7499These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7500
7501@table @r
7502@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7503The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7504the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7505then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7506than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7507arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7508@end table
7509
7510@subsection MIPS Attributes
7511
7512@table @r
7513@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7514The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7515
7516@itemize @bullet
7517@item
75180 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7519@item
f179c512
MF
75201 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7521double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7522@item
75232 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7524@item
75253 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7526@item
f179c512
MF
75274 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7528floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7529number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7530@item
75315 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7532with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7533general-purpose registers.
7534@item
75356 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7536registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7537@item
75387 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7539registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7540direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7541@end itemize
7542@end table
7543
7544@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7545
7546@table @r
7547@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7548The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7549
7550@itemize @bullet
7551@item
75520 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7553@item
3c7b9897 75541 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7555@item
75562 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7557@item
75583 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7559@end itemize
7560
7561@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7562The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7563
7564@itemize @bullet
7565@item
75660 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7567@item
75681 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7569@item
75702 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7571@item
75723 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7573@end itemize
7574@end table
7575
643f7afb
AK
7576@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7577
7578@table @r
7579@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7580The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7581
7582@itemize @bullet
7583@item
75840 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7585@item
75861 for files using software vector ABI.
7587@item
75882 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7589@end itemize
7590@end table
7591
c0ea7c52
JL
7592@subsection MSP430 Attributes
7593
7594@table @r
7595@item Tag_GNU_MSP430_Data_Region (4)
7596The data region used by this object file. The value will be:
7597
7598@itemize @bullet
7599@item
76000 for files not using the large memory model.
7601@item
76021 for files which have been compiled with the condition that all
7603data is in the lower memory region, i.e. below address 0x10000.
7604@item
76052 for files which allow data to be placed in the full 20-bit memory range.
7606@end itemize
7607@end table
7608
3a99f02f
DJ
7609@node Defining New Object Attributes
7610@section Defining New Object Attributes
7611
7612If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7613will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7614mailing list.
7615
7616@itemize @bullet
7617@item
7618This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7619@item
7620The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7621@item
7622The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7623and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7624@item
7625Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7626@item
7627@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7628@item
7629GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7630@end itemize
7631
7632@end ifset
7633
252b5132
RH
7634@ifset GENERIC
7635@node Machine Dependencies
7636@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7637
7638@cindex machine dependencies
7639The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7640each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7641vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7642directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7643assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7644@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7645optimization.
7646
7647This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7648include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7649subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7650
7651@menu
a06ea964
NC
7652@ifset AARCH64
7653* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7654@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7655@ifset ALPHA
7656* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7657@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7658@ifset ARC
7659* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7660@end ifset
7661@ifset ARM
7662* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7663@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7664@ifset AVR
7665* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7666@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7667@ifset Blackfin
7668* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7669@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
7670@ifset BPF
7671* BPF-Dependent:: BPF Dependent Features
7672@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7673@ifset CR16
7674* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7675@end ifset
8bf549a8 7676@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7677* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7678@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
7679@ifset CSKY
7680* C-SKY-Dependent:: C-SKY Dependent Features
7681@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7682@ifset D10V
7683* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7684@end ifset
7685@ifset D30V
7686* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7687@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7688@ifset EPIPHANY
7689* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7690@end ifset
252b5132 7691@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7692* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7693@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7694@ifset HPPA
7695* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7696@end ifset
7697@ifset I80386
55b62671 7698* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7699@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7700@ifset IA64
7701* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7702@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7703@ifset IP2K
7704* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7705@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7706@ifset LM32
7707* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7708@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7709@ifset M32C
7710* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7711@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7712@ifset M32R
7713* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7714@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7715@ifset M680X0
7716* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7717@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7718@ifset M68HC11
7719* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7720@end ifset
7b4ae824 7721@ifset S12Z
905f5b3f 7722* S12Z-Dependent:: S12Z Dependent Features
7b4ae824 7723@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7724@ifset METAG
7725* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7726@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7727@ifset MICROBLAZE
7728* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7729@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7730@ifset MIPS
7731* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7732@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7733@ifset MMIX
7734* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7735@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7736@ifset MSP430
7737* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7738@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7739@ifset NDS32
7740* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7741@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7742@ifset NIOSII
7743* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7744@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7745@ifset NS32K
7746* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7747@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
7748@ifset OPENRISC
7749* OpenRISC-Dependent:: OpenRISC 1000 Features
7750@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7751@ifset PDP11
7752* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7753@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7754@ifset PJ
7755* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7756@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7757@ifset PPC
7758* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7759@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7760@ifset PRU
7761* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7762@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7763@ifset RISCV
7764* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7765@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
7766@ifset RL78
7767* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7768@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7769@ifset RX
7770* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7771@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7772@ifset S390
7773* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7774@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7775@ifset SCORE
7776* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7777@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7778@ifset SH
7779* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
d3b47e2b 7780@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7781@ifset SPARC
7782* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7783@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7784@ifset TIC54X
7785* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7786@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7787@ifset TIC6X
7788* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7789@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7790@ifset TILEGX
7791* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7792@end ifset
7793@ifset TILEPRO
7794* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7795@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7796@ifset V850
7797* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7798@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7799@ifset VAX
7800* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7801@end ifset
7802@ifset VISIUM
7803* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7804@end ifset
f96bd6c2
PC
7805@ifset WASM32
7806* WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features
7807@end ifset
f6c1a2d5 7808@ifset XGATE
f96bd6c2 7809* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features
f6c1a2d5 7810@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7811@ifset XSTORMY16
7812* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7813@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7814@ifset XTENSA
7815* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7816@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7817@ifset Z80
7818* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7819@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7820@ifset Z8000
7821* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7822@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7823@end menu
7824
7825@lowersections
7826@end ifset
7827
7828@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7829@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7830@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7831@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7832@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7833@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7834@c in both conditional blocks.
7835
a06ea964
NC
7836@ifset AARCH64
7837@include c-aarch64.texi
7838@end ifset
7839
625e1353
RH
7840@ifset ALPHA
7841@include c-alpha.texi
7842@end ifset
7843
7844@ifset ARC
7845@include c-arc.texi
7846@end ifset
7847
252b5132
RH
7848@ifset ARM
7849@include c-arm.texi
7850@end ifset
7851
8473f7a4
DC
7852@ifset AVR
7853@include c-avr.texi
7854@end ifset
7855
3b4e1885 7856@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7857@include c-bfin.texi
7858@end ifset
7859
f8861f5d
JM
7860@ifset BPF
7861@include c-bpf.texi
7862@end ifset
7863
3d3d428f
NC
7864@ifset CR16
7865@include c-cr16.texi
7866@end ifset
7867
328eb32e
HPN
7868@ifset CRIS
7869@include c-cris.texi
7870@end ifset
7871
b8891f8d
AJ
7872@ifset CSKY
7873@include c-csky.texi
7874@end ifset
7875
c2dcd04e 7876@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7877@ifclear GENERIC
7878@node Machine Dependencies
7879@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7880
c2dcd04e 7881The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7882and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7883chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7884family.
7885
7886@menu
c2dcd04e 7887* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7888* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7889@end menu
7890@lowersections
7891@end ifclear
7892@end ifset
7893
7894@ifset D10V
7895@include c-d10v.texi
7896@end ifset
7897
7898@ifset D30V
7899@include c-d30v.texi
7900@end ifset
7901
cfb8c092
NC
7902@ifset EPIPHANY
7903@include c-epiphany.texi
7904@end ifset
7905
252b5132
RH
7906@ifset H8/300
7907@include c-h8300.texi
7908@end ifset
7909
252b5132
RH
7910@ifset HPPA
7911@include c-hppa.texi
7912@end ifset
7913
7914@ifset I80386
7915@include c-i386.texi
7916@end ifset
7917
9e32ca89
NC
7918@ifset IA64
7919@include c-ia64.texi
7920@end ifset
7921
a40cbfa3
NC
7922@ifset IP2K
7923@include c-ip2k.texi
7924@end ifset
7925
84e94c90
NC
7926@ifset LM32
7927@include c-lm32.texi
7928@end ifset
7929
49f58d10
JB
7930@ifset M32C
7931@include c-m32c.texi
7932@end ifset
7933
ec694b89
NC
7934@ifset M32R
7935@include c-m32r.texi
7936@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7937
7938@ifset M680X0
7939@include c-m68k.texi
7940@end ifset
7941
60bcf0fa
NC
7942@ifset M68HC11
7943@include c-m68hc11.texi
7944@end ifset
7945
7b4ae824
JD
7946@ifset S12Z
7947@include c-s12z.texi
7948@end ifset
7949
a3c62988
NC
7950@ifset METAG
7951@include c-metag.texi
7952@end ifset
7953
01642c12 7954@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7955@include c-microblaze.texi
7956@end ifset
7957
252b5132
RH
7958@ifset MIPS
7959@include c-mips.texi
7960@end ifset
7961
3c3bdf30
NC
7962@ifset MMIX
7963@include c-mmix.texi
7964@end ifset
7965
2469cfa2
NC
7966@ifset MSP430
7967@include c-msp430.texi
7968@end ifset
7969
35c08157
KLC
7970@ifset NDS32
7971@include c-nds32.texi
7972@end ifset
7973
36591ba1
SL
7974@ifset NIOSII
7975@include c-nios2.texi
7976@end ifset
7977
252b5132
RH
7978@ifset NS32K
7979@include c-ns32k.texi
7980@end ifset
7981
1f041c6e
SH
7982@ifset OPENRISC
7983@include c-or1k.texi
7984@end ifset
7985
e135f41b
NC
7986@ifset PDP11
7987@include c-pdp11.texi
7988@end ifset
7989
041dd5a9
ILT
7990@ifset PJ
7991@include c-pj.texi
7992@end ifset
7993
418c1742
MG
7994@ifset PPC
7995@include c-ppc.texi
7996@end ifset
7997
93f11b16
DD
7998@ifset PRU
7999@include c-pru.texi
8000@end ifset
8001
4f7eddc4
PD
8002@ifset RISCV
8003@include c-riscv.texi
8004@end ifset
8005
b57e49f7
JW
8006@ifset RL78
8007@include c-rl78.texi
8008@end ifset
8009
046d31c2
NC
8010@ifset RX
8011@include c-rx.texi
8012@end ifset
8013
11c19e16
MS
8014@ifset S390
8015@include c-s390.texi
8016@end ifset
8017
c0157db4
NC
8018@ifset SCORE
8019@include c-score.texi
8020@end ifset
8021
252b5132
RH
8022@ifset SH
8023@include c-sh.texi
8024@end ifset
8025
8026@ifset SPARC
8027@include c-sparc.texi
8028@end ifset
8029
39bec121
TW
8030@ifset TIC54X
8031@include c-tic54x.texi
8032@end ifset
8033
40b36596
JM
8034@ifset TIC6X
8035@include c-tic6x.texi
8036@end ifset
8037
aa137e4d
NC
8038@ifset TILEGX
8039@include c-tilegx.texi
8040@end ifset
8041
8042@ifset TILEPRO
8043@include c-tilepro.texi
8044@end ifset
8045
b6605ddd
EB
8046@ifset V850
8047@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
8048@end ifset
8049
8050@ifset VAX
8051@include c-vax.texi
8052@end ifset
8053
b6605ddd
EB
8054@ifset VISIUM
8055@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
8056@end ifset
8057
f96bd6c2
PC
8058@ifset WASM32
8059@include c-wasm32.texi
8060@end ifset
8061
f6c1a2d5
NC
8062@ifset XGATE
8063@include c-xgate.texi
8064@end ifset
8065
6753e72f
NC
8066@ifset XSTORMY16
8067@include c-xstormy16.texi
8068@end ifset
8069
e0001a05
NC
8070@ifset XTENSA
8071@include c-xtensa.texi
8072@end ifset
8073
b6605ddd
EB
8074@ifset Z80
8075@include c-z80.texi
8076@end ifset
8077
8078@ifset Z8000
8079@include c-z8k.texi
8080@end ifset
8081
252b5132
RH
8082@ifset GENERIC
8083@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
8084@raisesections
8085@end ifset
8086
8087@node Reporting Bugs
8088@chapter Reporting Bugs
8089@cindex bugs in assembler
8090@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
8091
a4fb0134 8092Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
8093
8094Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
8095not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
8096entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
8097Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8098
8099In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
8100information that enables us to fix the bug.
8101
8102@menu
8103* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
8104* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
8105@end menu
8106
8107@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 8108@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
8109@cindex bug criteria
8110
8111If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
8112
8113@itemize @bullet
8114@cindex fatal signal
8115@cindex assembler crash
8116@cindex crash of assembler
8117@item
8118If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 8119@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
8120
8121@cindex error on valid input
8122@item
a4fb0134 8123If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
8124
8125@cindex invalid input
8126@item
a4fb0134 8127If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
8128is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
8129be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
8130
8131@item
8132If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 8133of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
8134@end itemize
8135
8136@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 8137@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
8138@cindex bug reports
8139@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
8140
8141A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 8142you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
8143contact that organization first.
8144
8145You can find contact information for many support companies and
8146individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
8147distribution.
8148
ad22bfe8 8149@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 8150In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
8151to @value{BUGURL}.
8152@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8153
8154The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
8155@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
8156fact or leave it out, state it!
8157
8158Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
8159and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
8160name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8161not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8162happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8163perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8164the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8165give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8166and the most helpful.
8167
8168Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8169it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8170that the bug has not been reported previously.
8171
8172Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8173bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8174respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8175You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8176
8177To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8178
8179@itemize @bullet
8180@item
a4fb0134 8181The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8182it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8183
8184Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8185the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8186
8187@item
a4fb0134 8188Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8189
8190@item
8191The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8192version number.
8193
8194@item
a4fb0134 8195What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8196``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8197
8198@item
8199The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8200observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8201all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8202
8203If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8204and then we might not encounter the bug.
8205
8206@item
8207A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8208the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8209high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8210when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8211the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8212file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8213@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8214
8215@item
8216A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8217incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8218
a4fb0134 8219Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8220will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8221notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8222make a mistake.
8223
8224Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8225explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8226@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8227library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8228would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8229would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8230expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8231observations.
8232
8233@item
a4fb0134 8234If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8235diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8236option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8237discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8238by line number.
8239
8240The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8241sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8242@end itemize
8243
8244Here are some things that are not necessary:
8245
8246@itemize @bullet
8247@item
8248A description of the envelope of the bug.
8249
8250Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8251which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8252changes will not affect it.
8253
8254This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8255will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8256with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8257We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8258
8259Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8260of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8261output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8262less time, and so on.
8263
8264However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8265report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8266
8267@item
8268A patch for the bug.
8269
8270A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8271the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8272a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8273to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8274
a4fb0134 8275Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8276construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8277the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8278one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8279
8280And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8281patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8282help us to understand.
8283
8284@item
8285A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8286
8287Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8288things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8289@end itemize
8290
8291@node Acknowledgements
8292@chapter Acknowledgements
8293
653cfe85 8294If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8295it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8296maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8297@c (October 2012),
8298the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8299
8300Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8301more details?}
8302
8303Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8304information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8305extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8306
8307K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8308many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8309up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8310testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8311including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8312and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8313support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8314port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8315file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8316assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8317
8318Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8319in format-specific I/O modules.
8320
8321The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8322has done much work with it since.
8323
8324The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8325
8326Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8327
8328The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8329University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8330
8331Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8332(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8333(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8334support a.out format.
8335
7be1c489
AM
8336Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8337tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8338Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8339use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8340targets.
8341
8342John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8343simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8344updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8345fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8346remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8347cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8348required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8349
8350Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
835168k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8352added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8353PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8354
653cfe85 8355Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8356
8357Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8358
8359Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8360along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8361formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8362the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8363
8364Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8365Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8366Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8367Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8368and some initial 64-bit support).
8369
c1253627 8370Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8371
252b5132
RH
8372Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8373support for openVMS/Alpha.
8374
39bec121
TW
8375Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8376flavors.
8377
e0001a05 8378David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8379Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8380
252b5132
RH
8381Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8382configuration enhancements.
8383
84e94c90
NC
8384Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8385
252b5132
RH
8386Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8387you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8388want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8389intentionally leaving anyone out.
8390
793c5807
NC
8391@node GNU Free Documentation License
8392@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8393@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8394
370b66a1
CD
8395@node AS Index
8396@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8397
8398@printindex cp
8399
252b5132
RH
8400@bye
8401@c Local Variables:
8402@c fill-column: 79
8403@c End: